updated for version 7.3.433

Problem:    Using continued lines in a Vim script can be slow.
Solution:   Instead of reallocating for every line use a growarray. (Yasuhiro
            Matsumoto)

Filelist

@@ -81,6 +81,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
+		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_cyg.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_djg.mak \
+		src/xxd/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
 		nsis/gvim.nsi \
 		nsis/README.txt \

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Mar 23
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 30
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
 function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
@@ -603,3 +605,6 @@ function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
   endfor
   return res
 endfunc
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	May 31, 2011
-"  Version:	33
+"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
+"  Version:	34
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v33"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -550,30 +550,42 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
      " decompress
      if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
      elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
      elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
-      exe "silent !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
      else
 "      call Decho("no decompression needed")
      endif
      
-     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
+     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, ...) contents
      if sname =~ '\.zip$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
       exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
       exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
       silent 1split

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	PHP
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 May 9
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 08
 "
 "   TODO:
 "   - Class aware completion:
@@ -650,6 +650,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
 	" this is the most efficient way. The other way
 	" is to go through the looong string looking for
 	" matching {}
+	let original_window = winnr()
 	below 1new
 	0put =cfile
 	call search('class\s\+'.a:name)
@@ -667,6 +668,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
 	let classcontent = join(classc, "\n")
 
 	bw! %
+	" go back to where we started
+	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+
 	if extends_class != ''
 		let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class)
 		if filereadable(classlocation)

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2008 Nov 29
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 08
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
   " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
     " Remember the buffer number, we check it below.
     new
     let newbufnr = winbufnr(0)
-    setlocal bin
+    setlocal bin fenc=
     echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
     call spellfile#Nread(fname)
     if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
 	  " Our buffer has vanished!?  Open a new window.
 	  echomsg "download buffer disappeared, opening a new one"
 	  new
-	  setlocal bin
+	  setlocal bin fenc=
 	else
 	  exe winnr . "wincmd w"
 	endif
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
       else
 	let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
       endif
+      setlocal fenc=
       exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
 
       " Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     7.0
-" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
+" Version:     8.0
+" Last Change: 2011 Nov 02
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 8.0
+"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
+"           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
+"           Now these lines are processed independently.
+"
 " Version 7.0
 "     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
@@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
     finish 
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 70
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 80
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -72,7 +78,8 @@ endif
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
 let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
-            \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
+            \ 'links to,start=,end='
+            " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
 let s:cache_name = []
 let s:cache_list = []
@@ -411,9 +418,25 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                     \    , "\n", 'g' 
                     \  )
 
-        " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained
+        " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
+        " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
         let syn_list = substitute( 
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\)'
+                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \ )
+
+        " This can leave lines like this
+        "     =@vimMenuList  skipwhite onoremenu
+        " Strip the special option keywords first
+        "     :h :syn-skipwhite*
+        let syn_list = substitute( 
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
+                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \ )
+
+        " Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
+        let syn_list = substitute( 
+                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
                     \    , "", 'g' 
                     \ )
 

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			May 31, 2011
-" Version:		27
+" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
+" Version:		28
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v27"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing tarfile '.a:tarfile)
   call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
   keepj $put =''
-  keepj 0d
+  keepj sil! 0d
   keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
@@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(bz2\|tbz\|tb2\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lzma\|tlz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Apr 02, 2011
-" Version:	33
+" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
+" Version:	35
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
 " Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v33"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
@@ -220,7 +220,16 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 
   " go to vim plugin home
   if a:0 > 0
+   " let user specify the directory where the vimball is to be unpacked.
+   " If, however, the user did not specify a full path, set the home to be below the current directory
    let home= expand(a:1)
+   if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+	if home !~ '^\a:[/\\]'
+	 let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+	endif
+   elseif home !~ '^/'
+	let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+   endif
   else
    let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
@@ -282,11 +291,14 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "    call Decho("making directories if they don't exist yet (fname<".fname.">)")
     let fnamebuf= substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
 	let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
+"	call Decho("init: fnamebuf<".fnamebuf.">")
+"	call Decho("init: dirpath <".dirpath.">")
     while fnamebuf =~ '/'
      let dirname  = dirpath."/".substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','')
 	 let dirpath  = dirname
      let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','')
 "	 call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
+"	 call Decho("dirpath<".dirpath.">")
      if !isdirectory(dirname)
 "      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
       if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
@@ -569,9 +581,19 @@ endfun
 fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
 "  call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
   if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
-   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   try
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   catch  /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g')))
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   endtry
   else
-   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   try
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   catch  /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(a:newdir))
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   endtry
   endif
 "  call Dret("ChgDir : curdir<".getcwd().">")
 endfun
@@ -745,6 +767,9 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		May 24, 2011
-" Version:	24
+" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
+" Version:	25
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v24"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -104,12 +104,12 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 
   " give header
   call append(0, ['" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip,
-                \ '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
-                \ '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
+ \                '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
+ \                '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
   keepj $
 
 "  call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
+  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (zip#Browse) ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)." is not a zip file" | echohl None

runtime/compiler/erlang.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Erlang
+" Maintainer:	none, please volunteer!
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 20
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "erlang"
+
+" TODO

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 let current_compiler = "gcc"
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,

runtime/compiler/rst.vim

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 let current_compiler = "rst"
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ (%tEBUG/0)\ %m,

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 19
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -448,6 +448,9 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 				'modified' if successful, unless '+' is in
 				'cpo' and writing to another file |cpo-+|.
 				The buffer contents should not be changed.
+				When the command resets 'modified' the undo
+				information is adjusted to mark older undo
+				states as 'modified', like |:write| does.
 				|Cmd-event|
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
@@ -508,6 +511,7 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
 				not expect or that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
@@ -695,7 +699,8 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
 				|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
-				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|).
+				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|,
+				|:helpgrep|, |:lhelpgrep|).
 				The pattern is matched against the command
 				being run.  When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
 				is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
@@ -1057,8 +1062,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			It's possible to use this inside an autocommand too,
 			so you can base the autocommands for one extension on
 			another extension.  Example: >
-				:au Bufenter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
-				:au Bufenter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
+				:au BufEnter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
+				:au BufEnter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
 <			Be careful to avoid endless loops.  See
 			|autocmd-nested|.
 

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 			"D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until
 			the end of the line.  {not in Vi}
 
-						*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete*
+					*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl*
 :[range]d[elete] [x]	Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into
 			register x].
 
@@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
 start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
 blanks before the start and after the end of the motion, the delete becomes
 linewise.  This means that the delete also removes the line of blanks that you
-might expect to remain.
+might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to force the motion to be
+characterwise.
 
 Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
 is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -232,6 +232,17 @@ time		shadows global declaration
 new		C++ reserved keyword
 try		Borland C++ doesn't like it to be used as a variable.
 
+clear		Mac curses.h
+echo		Mac curses.h
+instr		Mac curses.h
+meta		Mac curses.h
+newwin		Mac curses.h
+nl		Mac curses.h
+overwrite	Mac curses.h
+refresh		Mac curses.h
+scroll		Mac curses.h
+typeahead	Mac curses.h
+
 basename()	GNU string function
 dirname()	GNU string function
 get_env_value()	Linux system function

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ done, the features in this document are not available.	See |+eval| and
 							*E712*
 There are six types of variables:
 
-Number		A 32 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
+Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177
 
 Float		A floating point number. |floating-point-format| *Float*
@@ -615,7 +615,6 @@ Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
 	- expr7			unary minus
 	+ expr7			unary plus
 
-
 |expr8|	expr8[expr1]		byte of a String or item of a |List|
 	expr8[expr1 : expr1]	substring of a String or sublist of a |List|
 	expr8.name		entry in a |Dictionary|
@@ -801,11 +800,12 @@ expr6 .	 expr6 ..	String concatenation			*expr-.*
 For |Lists| only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list.  The
 result is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
 
-expr7 *	 expr7 ..	number multiplication			*expr-star*
-expr7 /	 expr7 ..	number division				*expr-/*
-expr7 %	 expr7 ..	number modulo				*expr-%*
+expr7 *	 expr7 ..	Number multiplication			*expr-star*
+expr7 /	 expr7 ..	Number division				*expr-/*
+expr7 %	 expr7 ..	Number modulo				*expr-%*
 
 For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
+For bitwise operators see |and()|, |or()| and |xor()|.
 
 Note the difference between "+" and ".":
 	"123" + "456" = 579
@@ -945,7 +945,8 @@ When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
 							*expr9*
 number
 ------
-number			number constant		*expr-number*
+number			number constant			*expr-number* 
+						*hex-number* *octal-number*
 
 Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
 
@@ -1687,6 +1688,7 @@ USAGE				RESULT	DESCRIPTION	~
 abs( {expr})			Float or Number  absolute value of {expr}
 acos( {expr})			Float	arc cosine of {expr}
 add( {list}, {item})		List	append {item} to |List| {list}
+and( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise AND
 append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
@@ -1766,7 +1768,7 @@ foldtext( )			String	line displayed for closed fold
 foldtextresult( {lnum})		String	text for closed fold at {lnum}
 foreground( )			Number	bring the Vim window to the foreground
 function( {name})		Funcref reference to function {name}
-garbagecollect( [at_exit])	none	free memory, breaking cyclic references
+garbagecollect( [{atexit}])	none	free memory, breaking cyclic references
 get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}])	any	get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
 get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}])	any	get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
 getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
@@ -1825,6 +1827,7 @@ inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
 inputsave()			Number	save and clear typeahead
 inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String  like input() but hiding the text
 insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
+invert( {expr})			Number  bitwise invert
 isdirectory( {directory})	Number	TRUE if {directory} is a directory
 islocked( {expr})		Number	TRUE if {expr} is locked
 items( {dict})			List	key-value pairs in {dict}
@@ -1841,7 +1844,8 @@ log( {expr})			Float	natural logarithm (base e) of {expr}
 log10( {expr})			Float	logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10
 map( {expr}, {string})		List/Dict  change each item in {expr} to {expr}
 maparg( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr} [, {dict}]]])
-				String	rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
+				String or Dict
+					rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
 mapcheck( {name}[, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				String	check for mappings matching {name}
 match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
@@ -1864,6 +1868,7 @@ mode( [expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
 nr2char( {expr})		String	single char with ASCII value {expr}
+or( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise OR
 pathshorten( {expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
 pow( {x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
@@ -1987,6 +1992,7 @@ winsaveview()			Dict	save view of current window
 winwidth( {nr})			Number	width of window {nr}
 writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
 				Number	write list of lines to file {fname}
+xor( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise XOR
 
 abs({expr})							*abs()*
 		Return the absolute value of {expr}.  When {expr} evaluates to
@@ -2026,6 +2032,13 @@ add({list}, {expr})					*add()*
 		Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
 
 
+and({expr}, {expr})					*and()*
+		Bitwise AND on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+		Example: >
+			:let flag = and(bits, 0x80)
+
+
 append({lnum}, {expr})					*append()*
 		When {expr} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a
 		text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
@@ -2277,7 +2290,8 @@ char2nr({expr})						*char2nr()*
 <		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("<22>")		returns 225
 			char2nr("<22>"[0])		returns 195
-<		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
+<		A combining character is a separate character.
+		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 
 cindent({lnum})						*cindent()*
 		Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
@@ -3064,7 +3078,7 @@ function({name})					*function()* *E700*
 		{name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
 
 
-garbagecollect([at_exit])				*garbagecollect()*
+garbagecollect([{atexit}])				*garbagecollect()*
 		Cleanup unused |Lists| and |Dictionaries| that have circular
 		references.  There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
 		function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
@@ -3074,7 +3088,7 @@ garbagecollect([at_exit])				*garbagecollect()*
 		This is useful if you have deleted a very big |List| and/or
 		|Dictionary| with circular references in a script that runs
 		for a long time.
-		When the optional "at_exit" argument is one, garbage
+		When the optional {atexit} argument is one, garbage
 		collection will also be done when exiting Vim, if it wasn't
 		done before.  This is useful when checking for memory leaks.
 
@@ -3150,6 +3164,8 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
 		Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
 
+		Use getcharmod() to obtain any additional modifiers.
+
 		When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
 		returned.  The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
 		|v:mouse_lnum| and |v:mouse_win|.  This example positions the
@@ -3188,10 +3204,11 @@ getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 			2	shift
 			4	control
 			8	alt (meta)
-			16	mouse double click
-			32	mouse triple click
-			64	mouse quadruple click
-			128	Macintosh only: command
+			16	meta (when it's different from ALT)
+			32	mouse double click
+			64	mouse triple click
+			96	mouse quadruple click (== 32 + 64)
+			128	command (Macintosh only)
 		Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
 		character itself are obtained.	Thus Shift-a results in "A"
 		without a modifier.
@@ -3781,6 +3798,11 @@ insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}])			*insert()*
 		Note that when {item} is a |List| it is inserted as a single
 		item.  Use |extend()| to concatenate |Lists|.
 
+invert({expr})						*invert()*
+		Bitwise invert.  The argument is converted to a number.  A
+		List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.  Example: >
+			:let bits = invert(bits)
+
 isdirectory({directory})				*isdirectory()*
 		The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
 		with the name {directory} exists.  If {directory} doesn't
@@ -3919,11 +3941,12 @@ line2byte({lnum})					*line2byte()*
 		Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
 		{lnum}.  This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
 		the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer.  The first
-		line returns 1.
+		line returns 1. 'encoding' matters, 'fileencoding' is ignored.
 		This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
 		below the last line: >
 			line2byte(line("$") + 1)
-<		This is the file size plus one.
+<		This is the buffer size plus one.  If 'fileencoding' is empty
+		it is the file size plus one.
 		When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
 		disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
 		Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
@@ -4346,6 +4369,13 @@ getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
 			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
 <		Also see |setpos()|.
 
+or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
+		Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+		Example: >
+			:let bits = or(bits, 0x80)
+
+
 pathshorten({expr})					*pathshorten()*
 		Shorten directory names in the path {expr} and return the
 		result.  The tail, the file name, is kept as-is.  The other
@@ -4784,6 +4814,10 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
 		cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
 
+		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
+		move.  No error message is given.
+		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
+
 		{flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
 		'b'	search backward instead of forward
 		'c'	accept a match at the cursor position
@@ -4817,9 +4851,6 @@ search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		giving the argument.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+reltime| feature}
 
-		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
-		move.  No error message is given.
-		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 							*search()-sub-match*
 		With the 'p' flag the returned value is one more than the
 		first sub-match in \(\).  One if none of them matched but the
@@ -5038,7 +5069,8 @@ setcmdpos({pos})					*setcmdpos()*
 		line.
 
 setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
-		Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.
+		Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}.  To insert
+		lines use |append()|.
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
 		added as a new line.
@@ -5968,7 +6000,7 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {expr} can be [lnum, col, off], where
 		"off" is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
 		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
-		character.
+		character.  When "off" is omitted zero is used.
 		When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
 		beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
 		The accepted positions are:
@@ -6120,8 +6152,16 @@ writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
 		To copy a file byte for byte: >
 			:let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
 			:call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
+
+
+xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
+		Bitwise XOR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
+		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
+		Example: >
+			:let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
 <
 
+
 							*feature-list*
 There are three types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
@@ -6225,6 +6265,7 @@ mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_netterm		Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
 mouse_pterm		Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
 mouse_sysmouse		Compiled with support for sysmouse (*BSD console mouse)
+mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
 multi_byte		Compiled with support for 'encoding'
@@ -6301,6 +6342,7 @@ windows			Compiled with support for more than one window.
 writebackup		Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
 xfontset		Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
 xim			Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
+xpm_w32			Compiled with pixmap support for Win32.
 xsmp			Compiled with X session management support.
 xsmp_interact		Compiled with interactive X session management support.
 xterm_clipboard		Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
@@ -6373,7 +6415,7 @@ last defined. Example: >
 <
 See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
-							*E124* *E125*
+							*E124* *E125* *E853*
 :fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
 			Define a new function by the name {name}.  The name
 			must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,6 +147,15 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with this command: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
+<
+							*gui-IME* *iBus*
+Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
+framework, most notably iBus, have been known to produce undesirable results
+in gVim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
+between typing a character and it being recognized by the application.
+
+One workaround that has been successful, for unknown reasons, is to prevent
+gvim from forking into the background by starting it with the |-f| argument.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Scrollbars						*gui-scrollbars*

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 19
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ options:
 And if there already is a gvim running:
 "Edit with existing gvim"   -- edit the file with the running gvim
 
+The "edit with existing Vim" entries can be disabled by adding an entry in the
+registry under HKLM\Software\Vim\Gvim, named DisableEditWithExisting, and with
+any value.
 						*install-registry*
 You can add the "Edit with Vim" menu entry in an easy way by using the
 "install.exe" program.  It will add several registry entries for you.

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ When using "gvim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground.  The
 ":gui -b".
 
 "gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".
+								*E851* *E852*
+When starting the GUI fails Vim will try to continue running in the terminal.
 
 If you want the GUI to run in the foreground always, include the 'f'
 flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 07
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -222,8 +222,9 @@ Buffer objects represent vim buffers.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- from indexing vim.buffers (|python-buffers|)
 	- from the "buffer" attribute of a window (|python-window|)
 
-Buffer objects have one read-only attribute - name - the full file name for
-the buffer.  They also have three methods (append, mark, and range; see below).
+Buffer objects have two read-only attributes - name - the full file name for
+the buffer, and number - the buffer number.  They also have three methods
+(append, mark, and range; see below).
 
 You can also treat buffer objects as sequence objects.  In this context, they
 act as if they were lists (yes, they are mutable) of strings, with each
@@ -380,7 +381,7 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 							*has-python*
 You can test what Python version is available with: >
 	if has('python')
-	  echo 'there is Pyton 2.x'
+	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
   	elseif has('python3')
 	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
 	endif

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 31
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  The value after
 the option character can be one of these (N is any number):
 	N	indent N spaces
 	-N	indent N spaces to the left
-	Ns	N times 'shiftwidth spaces
-	-Ns	N times 'shiftwidth spaces to the left
+	Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces
+	-Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces to the left
 
 In the list below,
 "N" represents a number of your choice (the number can be negative).  When
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		       c3			    c3
 		      ) && c4;			) && c4;
 <
-							*cino-2*
+							*cino-w*
 	wN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively, or using "U0" and the unclosed
 	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
@@ -486,9 +486,10 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     )				   )
 <
 				*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting* *cino-j*
-	jN    Indent java anonymous classes correctly.  The value 'N' is
-	      currently unused but must be non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will
-	      indent for example the following code snippet correctly: >
+	jN    Indent Java anonymous classes correctly.  Also works well for
+	      Javascript.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will indent for example the
+	      following code snippet correctly: >
 
 		object.add(new ChangeListener() {
 		    public void stateChanged(ChangeEvent e) {
@@ -499,7 +500,8 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
 	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
-	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1'). >
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
+	      to set |cino-j|. >
 
 		var bar = {
 		    foo: {
@@ -704,6 +706,43 @@ Indent for a continuation line: >
 	let g:pyindent_continue = '&sw * 2'
 
 
+R								*ft-r-indent*
+
+Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
+do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_align_args = 0
+<
+All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
+level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
+beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
+and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
+characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
+<
+If you prefer that lines beginning with a single # are aligned at a column
+different from the 40th one, you should set a new value to the variable
+r_indent_comment_column, as in the example below:
+>
+   let r_indent_comment_column = 30
+<
+Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
+indent the code if it is a top level function. If you prefer that the
+Vim-R-plugin behaves like Emacs/ESS in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
+<
+Below is an example of indentation with and without this option enabled:
+>
+   ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 1           ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+   foo <-                                    foo <-
+       function(x)                               function(x)
+   {                                             {
+       paste(x)                                      paste(x)
+   }                                             }
+<
+
 SHELL							*ft-sh-indent*
 
 The amount of indent applied under various circumstances in a shell file can

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jan 04
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:k|		:k		set a mark
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
-|:keepjumps|	:keepj[jumps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:keepjumps|	:keepj[umps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
 |:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
 |:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 10
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1010,7 +1010,8 @@ number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')".  This involves looking
 at the characters just before the cursor and including those characters that
 could be part of the completed item.  The text between this column and the
 cursor column will be replaced with the matches.  Return -1 if no completion
-can be done.
+can be done, the completion will be cancelled with an error message.  Return
+-2 to cancel silently.
 
 On the second invocation the arguments are:
    a:findstart  0
@@ -1020,6 +1021,21 @@ On the second invocation the arguments are:
 The function must return a List with the matching words.  These matches
 usually include the "a:base" text.  When there are no matches return an empty
 List.
+
+In order to return more information than the matching words, return a Dict
+that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
+	words		The List of matching words (mandatory).
+	refresh		A string to control re-invocation of the function
+			(optional).
+			The only value currently recognized is "always", the
+			effect is that the function is called whenever the
+			leading text is changed.
+Other items are ignored.
+
+For example, the function can contain this: >
+	let matches = ... list of words ...
+	return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}
+<
 						*complete-items*
 Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary.  When it is a string it
 is used as the completion.  When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
@@ -1040,9 +1056,10 @@ items:
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
 
-All of these except 'icase' must be a string.  If an item does not meet these
-requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
-not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
+All of these except 'icase', 'dup' and 'empty' must be a string.  If an item
+does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and further
+items in the list are not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in
+the returned list.
 
 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
 
 For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
 the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
-you should not either insert or change the v:char.
+should not either insert or change the v:char.
 
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
@@ -237,11 +237,18 @@ For this reason the following is blocked:
 - Editing another buffer.
 - The |:normal| command.
 - Moving the cursor is allowed, but it is restored afterwards.
-- You can use getchar(), but the existing typeahead isn't seen and new
-  typeahead is discarded.
 If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
 that.
 
+You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
+have these mappings: >
+  inoremap <expr> <C-L> nr2char(getchar())
+  inoremap <expr> <C-L>x "foo"
+If you now type CTRL-L nothing happens yet, Vim needs the next character to
+decide what mapping to use.  If you type 'x' the second mapping is used and
+"foo" is inserted.  If you type any other key the first mapping is used,
+getchar() gets the typed key and returns it.
+
 Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 	let counter = 0
 	inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
@@ -520,7 +527,7 @@ mappings.
 <LocalLeader> is just like <Leader>, except that it uses "maplocalleader"
 instead of "mapleader".  <LocalLeader> is to be used for mappings which are
 local to a buffer.  Example: >
-      :map <LocalLeader>q  \DoItNow
+      :map <buffer> <LocalLeader>A  oanother line<Esc>
 <
 In a global plugin <Leader> should be used and in a filetype plugin
 <LocalLeader>.  "mapleader" and "maplocalleader" can be equal.  Although, if
@@ -544,6 +551,7 @@ construct can be used:
 	<Char-123>	character 123
 	<Char-033>	character 27
 	<Char-0x7f>	character 127
+	<S-Char-114>    character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
 This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
 Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
 
@@ -1211,17 +1219,21 @@ completion can be enabled:
 
 	-complete=augroup	autocmd groups
 	-complete=buffer	buffer names
+	-complete=color		color schemes
 	-complete=command	Ex command (and arguments)
+	-complete=compiler	compilers
 	-complete=cscope	|:cscope| suboptions
 	-complete=dir		directory names
 	-complete=environment	environment variable names
 	-complete=event		autocommand events
 	-complete=expression	Vim expression
 	-complete=file		file and directory names
+	-complete=file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
 	-complete=filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
 	-complete=function	function name
 	-complete=help		help subjects
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
+	-complete=locale	locale names (as output of locale -a)
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=option	options

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 01
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Oct 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
   number of Hira-gana characters are 76.  So, first, we pre-input text as
   pronounced in Hira-gana, second, we convert Hira-gana to Kanji or Kata-Kana,
   if needed.  There are some Kana-Kanji conversion server: jserver
-  (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna could be found at:
-  ftp://ftp.nec.co.jp/pub/Canna/ (no longer works).
+  (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna can be found at:
+  http://canna.sourceforge.jp/
 
 There is a good input system: Wnn4.2.  Wnn 4.2 contains,
     xwnmo (|IM-server|)
@@ -1306,8 +1306,8 @@ character.  However, search patterns may not match on an overlong sequence.
 character.)  An exception is NUL (zero) which is displayed as "<00>".
 
 In the file and buffer the full range of Unicode characters can be used (31
-bits).  However, displaying only works for 16 bit characters, and only for the
-characters present in the selected font.
+bits).  However, displaying only works for the characters present in the
+selected font.
 
 Useful commands:
 - "ga" shows the decimal, hexadecimal and octal value of the character under

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 11
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			system.  Some systems accept aliases like "en" or
 			"en_US", but some only accept the full specification
 			like "en_US.ISO_8859-1".  On Unix systems you can use
-			the this command to see what locales are supported: >
+			this command to see what locales are supported: >
 				:!locale -a
 <			With the "messages" argument the language used for
 			messages is set.  This can be different when you want,

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1017,8 +1017,6 @@ CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
 CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			(not a motion command).
-			In a |quickfix-window| it takes you to the position of
-			the error under the cursor.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -263,6 +263,12 @@ The messages are currently sent over a socket.  Since the messages are in
 plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
 mechanism.
 
+Netbeans messages are processed when Vim is idle, waiting for user input.
+When Vim is run in non-interactive mode, for example when running an automated
+test case that sources a Vim script, the idle loop may not be called often
+enough. In that case, insert |:sleep| commands in the Vim script. The |:sleep|
+command does invoke Netbeans messages processing.
+
 6.1 Kinds of messages		|nb-messages|
 6.2 Terms			|nb-terms|
 6.3 Commands			|nb-commands|
@@ -833,11 +839,16 @@ These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 			signs.
 
 							*:nbkey*
-:nb[key] {key}		Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing
-
-When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys command, this command
-can be used to generate a hotkey messages to the Vim Controller. The events
-newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are generated (in this order).
+:nb[key] {key}		Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing.
+			When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys
+			command, this command can be used to generate a hotkey
+			message to the Vim Controller.
+			This command can also be used to pass any text to the
+			Vim  Controller. It is used by Pyclewn, for example,
+			to build the complete set of gdb commands as Vim user
+			commands.
+			The events newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are
+			generated (in this order).
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 12
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -301,9 +301,8 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
 			copying the value.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-:se[t] {option}<	Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
-			making it empty.  Only makes sense for |global-local|
-			options.
+:se[t] {option}<	For |global-local| options: Remove the local value of
+			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
@@ -401,6 +400,9 @@ On Unix systems the form "${HOME}" can be used too.  The name between {} can
 contain non-id characters then.  Note that if you want to use this for the
 "gf" command, you need to add the '{' and '}' characters to 'isfname'.
 
+On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
+at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
+
 NOTE: expanding environment variables and "~/" is only done with the ":set"
 command, not when assigning a value to an option with ":let".
 
@@ -1217,7 +1219,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|:bwipeout|
 
 	CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
-	are lost without a warning.
+	are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
+	that switch between buffers temporarily.
 	This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
 	special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
 
@@ -3554,8 +3557,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.
 
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
-'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "gmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
-					 "agimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
+'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
+					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
@@ -3858,14 +3861,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	are not applied.
 	See also: 'incsearch' and |:match|.
 	When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
-	off with |:nohlsearch|.  As soon as you use a search command, the
-	highlighting comes back.
+	off with |:nohlsearch|.  This does not change the option value, as
+	soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
 	'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
 	When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
 	highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
 	search starts.  This will be the first line in the window or the first
 	line below a closed fold.  A match in a previous line which is not
 	drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
+	You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
+	with the 'h' flag in 'viminfo' |viminfo-h|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
@@ -4861,6 +4866,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
+	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
+	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
+	an explanation.
 	When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
 	will be ignored.
 
@@ -5049,7 +5058,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
 	alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
 		incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
-		letter index a), b), etc.			*octal-number*
+		letter index a), b), etc.	  	*octal-nrformats*
 	octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
 		to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
@@ -5237,7 +5246,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	recognized as a compressed file.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
-					*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347*
+				*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
 'path' 'pa'		string	(default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
 				   on OS/2:	  ".,/emx/include,,"
 				   other systems: ".,,")
@@ -5898,8 +5907,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
 	reduce the need to set this option by the user.  It's not used for
-	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).  See |option-backslash| about
-	including spaces and backslashes.  See |dos-shell|.
+	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).
+	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
+	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
+	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6002,7 +6014,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
 	When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
-	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix.  You can check it with: >
+	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix and MS-Windows 2K and
+	later.  You can check it with: >
 		:if has("filterpipe")
 <	The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
 	and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
@@ -6754,8 +6767,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   usetab	Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
 			pages.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
-			a buffer.  Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
-			Supported in |quickfix| commands that display errors.
+			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
+			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -7360,6 +7373,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   jsbterm	JSB term mouse handling.
 							*pterm-mouse*
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
+							*urxvt-mouse*
+	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
 	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
@@ -7576,15 +7591,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	parameter.  The following is a list of the identifying characters and
 	the effect of their value.
 	CHAR	VALUE	~
+							*viminfo-!*
 	!	When included, save and restore global variables that start
 		with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
 		letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
 		and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
 		read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
+							*viminfo-quote*
 	"	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
 		the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
 		backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
 		start of a comment!
+							*viminfo-%*
 	%	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
 		started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
 		restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
@@ -7594,38 +7612,48 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
 		number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
 		buffers are stored.
+							*viminfo-'*
 	'	Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
 		are remembered.  This parameter must always be included when
 		'viminfo' is non-empty.
 		Including this item also means that the |jumplist| and the
 		|changelist| are stored in the viminfo file.
+							*viminfo-/*
 	/	Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
 		saved.  If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
 		patterns are also saved.  When not included, the value of
 		'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-:*
 	:	Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
 		saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-<*
 	<	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  If zero then
 		registers are not saved.  When not included, all lines are
 		saved.  '"' is the old name for this item.
 		Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in Kbyte.
+							*viminfo-@*
 	@	Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
 		saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-c*
 	c	When included, convert the text in the viminfo file from the
 		'encoding' used when writing the file to the current
 		'encoding'.  See |viminfo-encoding|.
+							*viminfo-f*
 	f	Whether file marks need to be stored.  If zero, file marks ('0
 		to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored.  When not present or when
 		non-zero, they are all stored.  '0 is used for the current
 		cursor position (when exiting or when doing ":wviminfo").
+							*viminfo-h*
 	h	Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the viminfo
 		file.  When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
 		has been used since the last search command.
+							*viminfo-n*
 	n	Name of the viminfo file.  The name must immediately follow
 		the 'n'.  Must be the last one!  If the "-i" argument was
 		given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
 		given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are expanded
 		when opening the file, not when setting the option.
+							*viminfo-r*
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
@@ -7634,6 +7662,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is
 		ignored.  Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
 		characters.
+							*viminfo-s*
 	s	Maximum size of an item in Kbyte.  If zero then registers are
 		not saved.  Currently only applies to registers.  The default
 		"s10" will exclude registers with more than 10 Kbyte of text.

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 16
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ You can download the Vim source code by ftp from the official Vim site:
 Or use one of the mirrors:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
 
-You will need both the Unix and Extra archives to build vim.exe for VMS.
-For using Vim's full power you will need the runtime files as well.
-
 You can download precompiled executables from:
 	http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 	ftp://ftp.polarhome.com/pub/vim/
@@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ See the file [.SRC]INSTALLVMS.TXT.
 4. Problems						*vms-problems*
 
 The code has been tested under Open VMS 6.2 - 8.2 on Alpha, VAX and IA64
-platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without bigger problems.
+platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without big problems.
 If your system does not have some include libraries you can tune up in
 OS_VMS_CONF.H file.
 
@@ -88,11 +85,11 @@ Also GTK, XPM library paths should be configured in MAKE_VMS.MMS
 
 Note: Under VAX it should work with the DEC C compiler without problems.  The
 VAX C compiler is not fully ANSI C compatible in pre-processor directives
-semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program what will do the lion
+semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program that will do the lion
 part of the job.  For detailed instructions read file INSTALLvms.txt
 
-MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XD.EXE you should
-change to subdirectory and build it separately.
+MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
+change to a subdirectory and build it separately.
 
 CTAGS is not part of the Vim source distribution anymore, however the OpenVMS
 specific source might contain CTAGS source files as described above.
@@ -184,9 +181,9 @@ You may want to create .vimrc and .gvimrc files in your home directory
 
 The easiest way is just rename example files.  You may leave the menu file
 (MENU.VIM) and files vimrc and gvimrc in the original $VIM directory.  It will
-be default setup for all users, and for users it is enough just to have their
-own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and .gvimrc.
-It should work without problems.
+be the default setup for all users, and for users it is enough to just have
+their own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and
+.gvimrc.  It should work without problems.
 
 Note: Remember, system rc files (default for all users) don't have a leading
 ".".  So, system rc files are: >
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@ and user customized rc files are: >
 	sys$login:.vimrc
 	sys$login:.gvimrc
 
-You can check that everything is on the right place with the :version command.
+You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
@@ -209,15 +206,15 @@ Example LOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip
 
-Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on standalone server or
-clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as internode editor in
+Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
+clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
 DECNET environment, it will satisfy as well.
 You just have to define the "whole" path: >
 
 	$ define VIM "<server_name>[""user password""]::device:<path>"
 	$ vi*m :== "mcr VIM:VIM.EXE"
 
-As for example: >
+For example: >
 
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]"
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO""ZAY mypass""::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]" ! if passwd required
@@ -300,12 +297,12 @@ For more information type $help set disp in VMS prompt.
 
 4) If you are working on MS-Windows or some other non X/Window environment
    you need to set up one X server and run Vim as in point 2.
-   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX , Omni X etc.,
+   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX, Omni X etc.,
    as well as excellent commercial products as eXcursion or ReflectionX with
    built-in DEC support.
 
 Please note, that executables without GUI are slightly faster during startup
-then with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
+than with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
 features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -326,8 +323,8 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 8.12 diff-mode
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
-8.15 Slow start in console mode issue 
-8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures 
+8.15 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures
 
 8.1 Backspace/delete
 
@@ -360,7 +357,7 @@ number, try these settings. >
 	:set nowritebackup   " does not have any purpose on VMS.  It's the
 			     " default.
 
-Recovery is working perfect as well from the default swap file.
+Recovery is working perfectly as well from the default swap file.
 Read more with :help swapfile
 
 (Claude Marinier <ClaudeMarinier@xwavesolutions.com> Vim 5.5, Zoltan Arpadffy
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ Note: You may use <,> brackets as well (device:<path>file.ext;version) as
 rf10:<user.zay.work>test.c;1
 
 (David Elins <delins@foliage.com>, Jerome Lauret
-<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6 )
+<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6)
 
 
 8.5 Remote host invocation
@@ -445,14 +442,14 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
     builtin_dumb
 defaulting to 'vt320'
 ---
-The solution is to define default terminal name: >
+The solution is to define the default terminal name: >
 
 	$ ! unknown terminal name.  Let us use vt320 or ansi instead.
 	$ ! Note: it's case sensitive
 	$ define term "vt320"
 
-Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200 ) do not need any extra
-keyboard mappings.  They should work perfect as they are, including arrows,
+Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200) do not need any extra
+keyboard mappings.  They should work perfectly as they are, including arrows,
 Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 .gvimrc: >
 
@@ -465,8 +462,8 @@ your .vimrc file: >
 
 	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal
 
-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid fast terminal option with: >
+Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
+recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
 
 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode
 
@@ -483,8 +480,8 @@ special commands to execute executables: >
 
 OpenVMS users always have to be aware that the Vim command :! "just" drop them
 to DCL prompt.  This feature is possible to use without any problem with all
-DCL commands, but if we want to execute some program as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS etc.
-we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
+DCL commands, but if we want to execute some programs such as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS,
+etc.  we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
 xxd).
 
 Solution: Execute with the MC command and add the full path to the executable.
@@ -534,7 +531,7 @@ Example: >
 
 	$define SYS$PRINT HP5ANSI
 
-You can print out whole buffer or just the marked area.
+You can print out the whole buffer or just the marked area.
 More info under :help hardcopy
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.0c)
@@ -561,16 +558,16 @@ will be confused after a window-resize.
 From 6.0 diff functionality has been implemented, but OpenVMS does not use
 GNU/Unix like diff therefore built in diff does not work.
 There is a simple solution to solve this anomaly.  Install a Unix like diff
-and Vim will work perfect in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
+and Vim will work perfectly in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
 diff program as: >
 
 	define /nolog diff <GNU_PATH>diff.exe
 
 Another, more sophisticated solution is described below (8.12 diff-mode)
-There are some other programs as patch, make etc that may cause same problems.
-At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for Alpha and VAX
-boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
-( Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
+There are other programs such as patch, make etc that may cause the same
+problems.  At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for
+Alpha and VAX boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
+(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
 
 
 8.12 diff-mode
@@ -632,7 +629,7 @@ You can now compare files in 4 ways: >
     3. VIM  diff:  $ VIMDIFF  <FILE1> <FILE2>
     4. GVIM diff:  $ GVIMDIFF <FILE1> <FILE2>
 
-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
 
 
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
@@ -653,35 +650,36 @@ Now word-based commands, e.g. the '*'-search-command and the CTRL-]
 tag-lookup, work on the whole identifier.  (Ctags on VMS also supports '$' in
 C keywords since ctags version 5.1.)
 
-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
 
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
 
-It exits VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script that can help Vim beginners to learn/make
-first steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may
-start it with: >
+The VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script can help Vim beginners to learn/make their first
+steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may start it
+with: >
 
 	@vim:vimtutor
 
 (Thomas.R.Wyant III, Vim 6.1)
 
-8.14 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Slow start in console mode issue
 
 As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administrators
 deploy those executables system wide.
 Unfortunately, on a remote slow connections GUI/GTK executables behave rather
-slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X environment detection timeout.
+slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X
+environment detection timeout.
 
 Luckily, there is a simple solution for that. Administrators need to deploy
 both GUI/GTK build and just console build executables, like below: >
 
     |- vim73
     |----- doc
-    |----- syntax        
+    |----- syntax
        vimrc    (system rc files)
        gvimrc
-       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)      
-       vim.exe  (the console only executable) 
+       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)
+       vim.exe  (the console only executable)
 
 Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
 
@@ -692,7 +690,7 @@ Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im :== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:GVIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 
 
-Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in 
+Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in
 console mode can avoid performance problems.
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 7.2)
@@ -714,8 +712,8 @@ View of Cluster from system ID 11655  node: TOR
 +---------------------------------+
 
 It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
-executables. 
-There are more solutions for this problem:
+executables.
+There are several solutions for this problem:
 
 Solution 1.  All executables in the same directory with different names
 This is easily done with the following script that can be added
@@ -769,7 +767,7 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 Version 7.3
 - CTAGS 5.8 included
 - VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX
-- filepath completition corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
+- filepath completion corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
   and shell commands
 - the following plugins are included into VMS runtime:
 	genutils 2.4, multiselect 2.2, multvals 3.1, selectbuf 4.3,
@@ -784,10 +782,10 @@ Version 7.3
 Version 7.2 (2008 Aug 9)
 - VCF files write corrected
 - CTAGS 5.7 included
-- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error) 
+- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error)
 
 Version 7.1 (2007 Jun 15)
-- create TAGS file from menu 
+- create TAGS file from menu
 
 Version 7 (2006 May 8)
 - Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 28
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -316,11 +316,11 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
    There are two optional arguments (see the next Q):
        /min  the window will be minimized.
        /b"   no console window will be opened
-   You can only one of these flags at a time.  A second second one will be
+   You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
    treated as the start of the command.
 
 Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
-A. You have two possible solutions depending on what exactly do you want:
+A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
    1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
       with no other changes. It will work equally for console and GUI
       applications.
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what exactly do you want:
       console window for them (GUI applications are not affected). But you
       should use this flag only if the application you run doesn't require any
       input.  Otherwise it will get an EOF error because its input stream
-      (stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdoud and stderr too).
+      (stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdout and stderr too).
 
    Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
         :!start /min ctags -R .

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 25
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 10. Highlighting matches	|match-highlight|
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Search commands				*search-commands* *E486*
+1. Search commands				*search-commands*
 
 							*/*
 /{pattern}[/]<CR>	Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of
@@ -150,6 +150,11 @@ use <Esc> to abandon the search.
 All matches for the last used search pattern will be highlighted if you set
 the 'hlsearch' option.  This can be suspended with the |:nohlsearch| command.
 
+When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
+Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
+compatibility.  For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
+error message |:s_flags|.
+
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
 additional offset may be given.  There are two types of offsets: line offsets
@@ -932,7 +937,7 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 \l	lowercase character:		[a-z]		*/\l*
 \L	non-lowercase character:	[^a-z]		*/\L*
 \u	uppercase character:		[A-Z]		*/\u*
-\U	non-uppercase character		[^A-Z]		*/\U*
+\U	non-uppercase character:	[^A-Z]		*/\U*
 
 	NOTE: Using the atom is faster than the [] form.
 
@@ -1036,11 +1041,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
-	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  The form
-	  is:
+	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This
+	  only works for Unicode, latin1 and latin9.  The form is:
 		[=a=]
-	  Currently this is only implemented for latin1.  Also works for the
-	  latin1 characters in utf-8 and latin9.
 							*/[[.* *[..]*
 	- A collation element.  This currently simply accepts a single
 	  character in the form:

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,21 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 May 31
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 <
 Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2010 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
-           The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
-           pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
-           "getscript" instead of "Vim".  No warranty, express or implied.
-	   Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
+	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
+	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
+	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
+	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
+	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
 scripts that you yourself use!  Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
@@ -374,6 +380,8 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
+v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+                     (tgz taz tbz txz)
 v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
 		   * *.xz support
 v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 31
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
 
 	    -----------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
 5.  Activation...........................................|netrw-activate|
 6.  Transparent Remote File Editing......................|netrw-transparent|
 7.  Ex Commands..........................................|netrw-ex|
-8.  Variables and Options................................|netrw-var|
+8.  Variables and Options................................|netrw-settings|
 9.  Browsing.............................................|netrw-browse|
       Introduction To Browsing...........................|netrw-intro-browse|
       Quick Reference: Maps..............................|netrw-browse-maps|
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr    *netrw-copyright*
       Marked Files: Unmarking............................|netrw-mu|
       Netrw Browser Variables............................|netrw-browser-var|
       Netrw Browsing And Option Incompatibilities........|netrw-incompatible|
-      Netrw Settings.....................................|netrw-settings|
+      Netrw Settings Window..............................|netrw-settings-window|
       Obtaining A File...................................|netrw-O|
       Preview Window.....................................|netrw-p|
       Previous Window....................................|netrw-P|
@@ -294,14 +294,14 @@ DIRECTORY LISTING				*netrw-trailingslash* *netrw-dirlist* {{{2
 CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD		*netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2
 
 	Attempts to use ftp will prompt you for a user-id and a password.
-	These will be saved in global variables g:netrw_uid and
-	s:netrw_passwd; subsequent uses of ftp will re-use those two items to
-	simplify the further use of ftp.  However, if you need to use a
-	different user id and/or password, you'll want to call NetUserPass()
+	These will be saved in global variables |g:netrw_uid| and
+	|s:netrw_passwd|; subsequent use of ftp will re-use those two strings,
+	thereby simplifying use of ftp.  However, if you need to use a
+	different user id and/or password, you'll want to call |NetUserPass()|
 	first.  To work around the need to enter passwords, check if your ftp
 	supports a <.netrc> file in your home directory.  Also see
 	|netrw-passwd| (and if you're using ssh/scp hoping to figure out how
-	to not need to use passwords, look at |netrw-ssh-hack|).
+	to not need to use passwords for scp, look at |netrw-ssh-hack|).
 
 	:NetUserPass [uid [password]]		-- prompts as needed
 	:call NetUserPass()			-- prompts for uid and password
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ CHANGING USERID AND PASSWORD		*netrw-chgup* *netrw-userpass* {{{2
 	:call NetUserPass("uid","password")	-- sets global uid and password
 
 NETRW VARIABLES AND SETTINGS				*netrw-variables* {{{2
-(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-settings| |netrw-var|)
+(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-settings|)
 
 Netrw provides a lot of variables which allow you to customize netrw to your
 preferences.  One way to look at them is via the command :NetrwSettings (see
@@ -331,7 +331,8 @@ settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
 		      netrw edits a file.  The file is first edited, and
 		      then the function reference (|Funcref|) is called.
 		      This variable may also hold a |List| of Funcrefs.
-		      (default) not defined
+		      (default) not defined.  (the capital in g:Netrw...
+		      is required by its holding a function reference)
 >
 			    Example: place in .vimrc; affects all file opening
 			    fun! MyFuncRef()
@@ -479,6 +480,9 @@ variable (ex. scp uses the variable g:netrw_scp_cmd, which is defaulted to
 	let g:netrw_scp_cmd = '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\pscp.exe" -q -batch'
 	let g:netrw_sftp_cmd= '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\psftp.exe"'
 <
+(note: it has been reported that windows 7 with putty v0.6's "-batch" option
+       doesn't work, so its best to leave it off for that system)
+
 See |netrw-p8| for more about putty, pscp, psftp, etc.
 
 Ftp, an old protocol, seems to be blessed by numerous implementations.
@@ -716,13 +720,16 @@ below, a {netfile} is an url to a remote file.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Variables and Options		*netrw-options* *netrw-var* {{{1
+8. Variables and Options			*netrw-settings* {{{1
 
-(if you're interested in the netrw browser settings, see: |netrw-browser-var|)
+(also see: |netrw-options| |netrw-variables| |netrw-protocol|
+           |netrw-browser-settings| |netrw-browser-options|
+	   |netrw-browser-var| )
 
 The <netrw.vim> script provides several variables which act as options to
 affect <netrw.vim>'s file transfer behavior.  These variables typically may be
 set in the user's <.vimrc> file: (see also |netrw-settings| |netrw-protocol|)
+						*netrw-options*
 >
                         -------------
                         Netrw Options
@@ -754,6 +761,7 @@ set in the user's <.vimrc> file: (see also |netrw-settings| |netrw-protocol|)
                                 =1 use default method to do ftp >
 	-----------------------------------------------------------------------
 <
+							*netrw-internal-variables*
 The script will also make use of the following variables internally, albeit
 temporarily.
 >
@@ -1147,15 +1155,14 @@ allows one to open a new window to hold the new directory listing or file.  A
 horizontal split is used.  (for vertical splitting, see |netrw-v|)
 
 Normally, the o key splits the window horizontally with the new window and
-cursor at the top.  To change to splitting the window horizontally with the
-new window and cursor at the bottom, have
-
-	let g:netrw_alto = 1
-
-in your <.vimrc>.  (also see |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|)
+cursor at the top.
 
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_alto| |g:netrw_winsize|
 
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-p| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Associated setting variables:
+   |g:netrw_alto|    control above/below splitting
+   |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
 
 BROWSING WITH A NEW TAB				*netrw-t* *netrw-T* {{{2
 
@@ -1164,8 +1171,9 @@ allows one to open a new window holding the new directory listing or file in
 a new tab.  The "T" version puts the file or directory into a background tab
 (see |gT|)
 
-Related actions:  |netrw-o| |netrw-v|
-
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-p| |netrw-v|
+Associated setting variables:
+   |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
 
 BROWSING WITH A VERTICALLY SPLIT WINDOW			*netrw-v* {{{2
 
@@ -1174,18 +1182,18 @@ allows one to open a new window to hold the new directory listing or file.  A
 vertical split is used.  (for horizontal splitting, see |netrw-o|)
 
 Normally, the v key splits the window vertically with the new window and
-cursor at the left.  To change to splitting the window vertically with the new
-window and cursor at the right, have
-
-	let g:netrw_altv = 1
-
-in your <.vimrc>.  (also see: |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T|)
+cursor at the left.
 
 There is only one tree listing buffer; using "v" on a displayed subdirectory
 will split the screen, but the same buffer will be shown twice.
 
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_altv| |g:netrw_winsize|
 
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Associated setting variables:
+   |g:netrw_altv|    control right/left splitting
+   |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
+
 
 CHANGE LISTING STYLE  (THIN LONG WIDE TREE)   			*netrw-i* {{{2
 
@@ -1386,6 +1394,7 @@ to remove it again using the g:netrw_rmf_cmd variable.  Its default value is:
 
 	g:netrw_rmf_cmd: ssh HOSTNAME rm -f
 
+Related topics: |netrw-d|
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_local_rmdir| |g:netrw_rm_cmd|
                              |g:netrw_rmdir_cmd|   |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
 
@@ -1520,7 +1529,7 @@ What it means:
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_hide| |g:netrw_list_hide|
 Associated topics: |netrw-a| |netrw-gh| |netrw-mh|
 
-
+					*netrw-sort-sequence*
 EDITING THE SORTING SEQUENCE		*netrw-S* *netrw-sortsequence* {{{2
 
 When "Sorted by" is name, one may specify priority via the sorting sequence
@@ -1723,9 +1732,9 @@ directory's name.  A bare <CR> at that point will abort the making of the
 directory.  Attempts to make a local directory that already exists (as either
 a file or a directory) will be detected, reported on, and ignored.
 
-Currently, making a directory via ftp is not supported.
-
-Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_local_mkdir| |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
+Related topics: |netrw-D|
+Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_local_mkdir|  |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
+				|g:netrw_remote_mkdir|
 
 
 MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY	*netrw-c* {{{2
@@ -1953,10 +1962,11 @@ MARKED FILES: UNMARKING						*netrw-mu* {{{2
 
 The "mu" mapping will unmark all currently marked files.
 
-
+				*netrw-browser-settings*
 NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES		*netrw-browser-options* *netrw-browser-var* {{{2
 
-(if you're interested in the netrw file transfer settings, see |netrw-options|)
+(if you're interested in the netrw file transfer settings, see |netrw-options|
+ and |netrw-protocol|)
 
 The <netrw.vim> browser provides settings in the form of variables which
 you may modify; by placing these settings in your <.vimrc>, you may customize
@@ -2006,6 +2016,15 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    Will compress marked files with this
 				    command
 
+  *g:Netrw_corehandler*		  Allows one to specify something additional
+				to do when handling <core> files via netrw's
+				browser's "x" command (see |netrw-x|).  If
+				present, g:Netrw_corehandler specifies
+				either one or more function references
+				(see |Funcref|).  (the capital g:Netrw...
+				is required its holding a function reference)
+
+
   *g:netrw_ctags*		  ="ctags"
 				The default external program used to create tags
 
@@ -2157,6 +2176,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				columnar.
 
   *g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*		  command for making a remote directory
+				via ssh  (also see |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|)
 				 default: "ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME mkdir"
 
   *g:netrw_mousemaps*		  =1 (default) enables mouse buttons while
@@ -2167,6 +2187,15 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				     rightmouse      : remove file/directory
 				=0: disables mouse maps
 
+  *g:netrw_nobeval*		doesn't exist (default)
+				If this variable exists, then balloon
+				evaluation will be suppressed
+				(see |'ballooneval'|)
+
+  *g:netrw_remote_mkdir*	  command for making a local directory
+				via ftp  (also see |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|)
+				 default: "mkdir"
+
   *g:netrw_retmap*		  if it exists and is set to one, then:
 				 * if in a netrw-selected file, AND
 				 * no normal-mode <2-leftmouse> mapping exists,
@@ -2279,6 +2308,9 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				is an integer describing the percentage of the
 				current netrw buffer's window to be used for
 				the new window.
+				 If g:netrw_winsize is less than zero, then
+				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize lines
+				or columns will be used for the new window.
 				 default: 50  (for 50%)
 
   *g:netrw_xstrlen*		  Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
@@ -2313,7 +2345,7 @@ file you edit; this apparently also applies to directories.  In other words,
 autochdir sets the current directory to that containing the "file" (even if
 that "file" is itself a directory).
 
-NETRW BROWSER SETTINGS						*netrw-settings* {{{2
+NETRW SETTINGS WINDOW				*netrw-settings-window* {{{2
 
 With the NetrwSettings.vim plugin, >
 	:NetrwSettings
@@ -2322,7 +2354,7 @@ settings.  You may change any of their values; when you save the file, the
 settings therein will be used.  One may also press "?" on any of the lines for
 help on what each of the variables do.
 
-(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-var| |netrw-variables|)
+(also see: |netrw-browser-var| |netrw-protocol| |netrw-settings| |netrw-variables|)
 
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -2356,7 +2388,6 @@ Related topics:
  * To automatically make the currently browsed directory the current
    directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.
 
-
 							*netrw-createfile*
 OPEN A NEW FILE IN NETRW'S CURRENT DIRECTORY		*netrw-%*
 
@@ -2390,8 +2421,7 @@ PREVIOUS WINDOW				*netrw-P* *netrw-prvwin* {{{2
 
 To edit a file or directory in the previously used (last accessed) window (see
 :he |CTRL-W_p|), press a "P".  If there's only one window, then the one window
-will be horizontally split (above/below splitting is controlled by
-|g:netrw_alto|, and its initial size is controlled by |g:netrw_winsize|).
+will be horizontally split (by default).
 
 If there's more than one window, the previous window will be re-used on
 the selected file/directory.  If the previous window's associated buffer
@@ -2399,6 +2429,13 @@ has been modified, and there's only one window with that buffer, then
 the user will be asked if s/he wishes to save the buffer first (yes,
 no, or cancel).
 
+Related Actions |netrw-cr| |netrw-o| |netrw-t| |netrw-T| |netrw-v|
+Associated setting variables:
+   |g:netrw_alto|    control above/below splitting
+   |g:netrw_altv|    control right/left splitting
+   |g:netrw_preview| control horizontal vs vertical splitting
+   |g:netrw_winsize| control initial sizing
+
 
 REFRESHING THE LISTING			*netrw-ctrl-l* *netrw-ctrl_l* {{{2
 
@@ -2804,6 +2841,30 @@ which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp).
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v143: Jun 01, 2011 * |g:netrw_winsize| will accept a negative
+			     number; the absolute value of it will then
+			     be used to specify lines/columns instead of
+			     a percentage.
+	      Jul 05, 2011 * the "d" map now supports mkdir via ftp
+			     See |netrw-d| and |g:netrw_remote_mkdir|
+	      Jul 11, 2011 * Changed Explore!, Sexplore!, and Vexplore
+			     to use a percentage of |winwidth()| instead
+			     of a percentage of |winheight()|.
+	      Jul 11, 2011 * included support for https://... I'm just
+			     beginning to test this, however.
+	      Aug 01, 2011 * changed RestoreOptions to also restore
+			     cursor position in netrw buffers.
+	      Aug 12, 2011 * added a note about "%" to the balloon
+	      Aug 30, 2011 * if |g:netrw_nobeval| exists, then balloon
+			     evaluation is suppressed.
+	      Aug 31, 2011 * (Benjamin R Haskell) provided a patch that
+			     implements non-standard port handling for
+			     files opened via the remote browser.
+	      Aug 31, 2011 * Fixed a **//pattern  Explorer bug
+	      Sep 15, 2011 * (reported by Francesco Campana) netrw
+			     now permits the "@" to be part of the
+			     user id (if there's an @ that appears
+			     to the right).
 	v142: Apr 06, 2011 * I modified NetrwRemoteListing() to use
 			     shellescape(fnameescape(s:path),1) for
 			     the benefit of those using scp://.../

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 31
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -6,9 +6,16 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
-	   tar.vim, tarPlugin.vim, and pi_tar.txt.
-	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt.  Like
+	anything else that's except use "tar.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like
+	anything else that's free, tar.vim and its associated files are
+	provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of any kind, either
+	expressed or implied.  No guarantees of merchantability.  No
+	guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By using this plugin, you
+	agree that in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any
+	damages resulting from the use of this software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents					*tar* *tar-contents*
@@ -83,6 +90,7 @@ Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
 
+   v28 Jun 23, 2011 * a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
    v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
    		    * inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
 		    * changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Apr 02
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -6,16 +6,22 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
-	   The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
-	   (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
-	   No warranty, express or implied.
-	   Use At-Your-Own-Risk!
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
+	except use "vimball" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free,
+	vimball.vim and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with
+	no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees
+	of merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents				*vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*
 
 	1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
+	2. Vimball Introduction..........................: |vimball-intro|
 	3. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
 	   MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
 	   UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
@@ -176,6 +182,8 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
 
+	34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
+			    prepending the current directory to it.
 	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
 			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
 			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 24
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -7,14 +7,15 @@
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
-           Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
-	   with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
-	   notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-	   zip.vim, zipPlugin.vim, and pi_zip.txt are provided *as is*
-	   and it comes with no warranty of any kind, either expressed or
-	   implied. By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will
-	   the copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
-	   the use of this software.
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
+	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
+	and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no
+	warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
+	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents						*zip* *zip-contents*
@@ -69,12 +70,11 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 	let g:loaded_zipPlugin= 1
 	let g:loaded_zip      = 1
 <
-<
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Additional Extensions					*zip-extension*
 
-   Apparently there are a number of archivers who generate zip files that
+   Apparently there are a number of archivers which generate zip files that
    don't use the .zip extension (.jar, .xpi, etc).  To handle such files,
    place a line in your <.vimrc> file: >
 
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
+		      (consistent with the -p variant)
    v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
 		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
 		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 14
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 
 		Accepted arguments:
 
-	icon={pixmap}
+	icon={bitmap}
 		Define the file name where the bitmap can be found.  Should be
 		a full path.  The bitmap should fit in the place of two
 		characters.  This is not checked.  If the bitmap is too big it
@@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 			GTK 1		pixmap (.xpm)
 			GTK 2		many
 			Motif		pixmap (.xpm)
+			Win32		.bmp, .ico, .cur
+					pixmap (.xpm) |+xpm_w32|
 
 	linehl={group}
 		Highlighting group used for the whole line the sign is placed

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 18
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -424,12 +424,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		"-d con:30/10/600/150".  But you can also use it to start
 		editing on another device, e.g., AUX:.  {not in Vi}
 							*-f*
--f		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
-		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
-		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
-		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
-
-		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
+-f		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
 		'f' stands for "foreground".  If omitted, the GUI forks a new
 		process and exits the current one.  "-f" should be used when
 		gvim is started by a program that will wait for the edit
@@ -437,8 +432,14 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		never to fork, include 'f' in 'guioptions' in your |gvimrc|.
 		Careful: You can use "-gf" to start the GUI in the foreground,
 		but "-fg" is used to specify the foreground color.  |gui-fork|
+
+		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
+		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
+		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
+		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
 		{not in Vi}
 
+
 							*--nofork*
 --nofork	GUI: Do not fork.  Same as |-f|.
 							*-u* *E282*

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 06
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -758,6 +758,7 @@ c_syntax_for_h		use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
 c_no_if0		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
 c_no_cformat		don't highlight %-formats in strings
 c_no_c99		don't highlight C99 standard items
+c_no_c11		don't highlight C11 standard items
 
 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
 become a fold.  If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
@@ -866,13 +867,13 @@ used.
 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard.  Some systems
 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
 between csh and tcsh.  In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
-"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh: >
-
-	:let filetype_csh = "csh"
+"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh:  *g:filetype_csh*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
 
 For using tcsh: >
 
-	:let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
 
 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh.  All other tcsh/csh scripts
@@ -1155,14 +1156,12 @@ conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
 FORTRAN					*fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
 
 Default highlighting and dialect ~
-Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default.  This choice
-should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
-superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77. Support for 
-Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features has been introduced and is
-automatically available in the default (f95) highlighting.
+Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default.  This choice
+should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is 
+almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77). 
 
 Fortran source code form ~
-Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form.  Note that the
+Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form.  Note that the
 syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
 
 When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
@@ -1243,52 +1242,54 @@ recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
 construct.
 
 Non-default fortran dialects ~
-The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
-subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
+The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
+find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory.  A few legacy constructs
+deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
+items.
 
-If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
-loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
-g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
-satisfactory.  However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
-source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
-dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
-names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
-such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
-source form will be assumed.
+If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
+other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
+that free source form will be assumed. 
 
-If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
-that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
-items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
-dialects.
+The dialect can be selected in various ways.  If all your fortran files use
+the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
+to your syntax on statement.  The case-sensitive, permissible values of
+fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F".  Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
+ignored.
 
-The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect.  The
-permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
-"f90", "f77", "elf" or "F".  Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
-
-If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
-.vimrc prior to your syntax on statement.  If the dialect depends upon the file
-extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file.  For more
-information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your
-fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
-ftplugin file should contain the code >
+If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
+set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file.  For more information on
+ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your fortran files with
+an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
+contain the code >
     let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
     if s:extfname ==? "f90"
-	let fortran_dialect="elf"
+	let b:fortran_dialect="F"
     else
-	unlet! fortran_dialect
+	unlet! b:fortran_dialect
     endif
 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
 
 Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
-the dialect.  You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
-including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
-elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file.  For
-example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
-ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
-first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
+the dialect.  You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
+by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
+f08) in one of the first three lines in your file.  For example, your older .f
+files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
+identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
+Fortran comment of the form >
   ! fortran_dialect=F
-F overrides elf if both directives are present.
+
+For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
+now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
+silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
+instead. 
+
+The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
+comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
+non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
+or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
+items. 
 
 Limitations ~
 Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses.  Hollerith
@@ -1603,11 +1604,6 @@ which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively.  I
 have opted to chose another background for those statements.
 
-In order to help you write code that can be easily ported between Java and
-C++, all C++ keywords can be marked as an error in a Java program.  To
-have this add this line in your .vimrc file: >
-	:let java_allow_cpp_keywords = 0
-
 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
 creates HTML pages.  The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
 similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|).  You can even add Javascript
@@ -2372,6 +2368,12 @@ This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
 displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.
 
+Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is.  If it can't be detected (from
+comment lines), the default is "r".  To make the default rexx add this line to
+your .vimrc:  *g:filetype_r*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_r = "r"
+
 
 RUBY						*ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
 
@@ -2599,8 +2601,41 @@ reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set.  Example: >
 The default is to use the twice sh_minlines.  Set it to a smaller number to
 speed up displaying.  The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
 
+						*g:sh_isk* *g:sh_noisk*
+The shell languages appear to let "." be part of words, commands, etc;
+consequently it should be in the isk for sh.vim.  As of v116 of syntax/sh.vim,
+syntax/sh.vim will append the "." to |'iskeyword'| by default; you may control
+this behavior with: >
+	let g:sh_isk  = '..whatever characters you want as part of iskeyword'
+	let g:sh_noisk= 1  " otherwise, if this exists, the isk will NOT chg
+<
+						*sh-embed*  *sh-awk*
+ Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
 
-SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator)		*spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
+You may wish to embed languages into sh.  I'll give an example courtesy of
+Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
+file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
+
+    " AWK Embedding: {{{1
+    " ==============
+    " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
+    if exists("b:current_syntax")
+      unlet b:current_syntax
+    endif
+    syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
+    syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
+    syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
+    syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
+    hi def link AWKCommand Type
+<
+This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
+	awk '...awk code here...'
+be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax.  Clearly this may be
+extended to other languages.
+
+
+SPEEDUP						*spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
+(AspenTech plant simulator)
 
 The Speedup syntax file has some options:
 
@@ -2683,6 +2718,8 @@ sections, subsections, etc are supported.  Put >
 in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax.  I suggest doing the latter via a
 modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
 	% vim: fdm=syntax
+If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
+ 	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Keep_folds_closed_while_inserting_text
 <
 								*tex-nospell*
  Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
@@ -2723,6 +2760,9 @@ If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
 increase them.	This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
 if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
 
+Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
+|tex-folding| for a way around this.
+
 					    *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
 
@@ -2731,7 +2771,9 @@ of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts.  If you're using such a
 package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
 it.  However, clearly this is impractical.  So please consider using the
 techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
-by syntax/tex.vim.
+by syntax/tex.vim.  Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
+which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
+http://vim.sf.net/.
 
 								*tex-error*
  Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
@@ -3875,7 +3917,7 @@ First syncing method:			*:syn-sync-first*
 The file will be parsed from the start.  This makes syntax highlighting
 accurate, but can be slow for long files.  Vim caches previously parsed text,
 so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time.  However,
-when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
+when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
 case: to the end of the file).
 
 Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1184,6 +1184,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
 +mouse_sysmouse	various.txt	/*+mouse_sysmouse*
++mouse_urxvt	various.txt	/*+mouse_urxvt*
 +mouse_xterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_xterm*
 +mouseshape	various.txt	/*+mouseshape*
 +multi_byte	various.txt	/*+multi_byte*
@@ -1242,6 +1243,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +writebackup	various.txt	/*+writebackup*
 +xfontset	various.txt	/*+xfontset*
 +xim	various.txt	/*+xim*
++xpm_w32	various.txt	/*+xpm_w32*
 +xsmp	various.txt	/*+xsmp*
 +xsmp_interact	various.txt	/*+xsmp_interact*
 +xterm_clipboard	various.txt	/*+xterm_clipboard*
@@ -2092,6 +2094,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
 :dj	tagsrch.txt	/*:dj*
 :djump	tagsrch.txt	/*:djump*
+:dl	change.txt	/*:dl*
 :dli	tagsrch.txt	/*:dli*
 :dlist	tagsrch.txt	/*:dlist*
 :do	autocmd.txt	/*:do*
@@ -4233,6 +4236,10 @@ E848	syntax.txt	/*E848*
 E849	syntax.txt	/*E849*
 E85	options.txt	/*E85*
 E850	change.txt	/*E850*
+E851	gui_x11.txt	/*E851*
+E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
+E853	eval.txt	/*E853*
+E854	options.txt	/*E854*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
@@ -4682,6 +4689,7 @@ alt	intro.txt	/*alt*
 alt-input	debugger.txt	/*alt-input*
 alternate-file	editing.txt	/*alternate-file*
 amiga-window	starting.txt	/*amiga-window*
+and()	eval.txt	/*and()*
 anonymous-function	eval.txt	/*anonymous-function*
 ant.vim	syntax.txt	/*ant.vim*
 ap	motion.txt	/*ap*
@@ -4784,6 +4792,7 @@ beval_col-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_col-variable*
 beval_lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_lnum-variable*
 beval_text-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_text-variable*
 beval_winnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winnr-variable*
+bitwise-function	usr_41.txt	/*bitwise-function*
 blockwise-examples	visual.txt	/*blockwise-examples*
 blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
@@ -4963,7 +4972,6 @@ cino-(	indent.txt	/*cino-(*
 cino-)	indent.txt	/*cino-)*
 cino-+	indent.txt	/*cino-+*
 cino-/	indent.txt	/*cino-\/*
-cino-2	indent.txt	/*cino-2*
 cino-:	indent.txt	/*cino-:*
 cino-=	indent.txt	/*cino-=*
 cino->	indent.txt	/*cino->*
@@ -4990,6 +4998,7 @@ cino-p	indent.txt	/*cino-p*
 cino-star	indent.txt	/*cino-star*
 cino-t	indent.txt	/*cino-t*
 cino-u	indent.txt	/*cino-u*
+cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
 cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
 cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
@@ -5096,6 +5105,7 @@ cpo-+	options.txt	/*cpo-+*
 cpo--	options.txt	/*cpo--*
 cpo-.	options.txt	/*cpo-.*
 cpo-/	options.txt	/*cpo-\/*
+cpo-;	options.txt	/*cpo-;*
 cpo-<	options.txt	/*cpo-<*
 cpo->	options.txt	/*cpo->*
 cpo-A	options.txt	/*cpo-A*
@@ -5689,6 +5699,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
+ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
@@ -5755,6 +5766,7 @@ g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
@@ -5784,6 +5796,8 @@ g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Make()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make()*
 g:decada.Make_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Unit_Name()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
+g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
+g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Error_Format*
 g:gnat.Find()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Find()*
@@ -5840,9 +5854,11 @@ g:netrw_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_menu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_menu*
 g:netrw_mkdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
 g:netrw_mousemaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mousemaps*
+g:netrw_nobeval	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nobeval*
 g:netrw_nogx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nogx*
 g:netrw_preview	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_preview*
 g:netrw_rcp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
+g:netrw_remote_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_remote_mkdir*
 g:netrw_retmap	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_retmap*
 g:netrw_rm_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rm_cmd*
 g:netrw_rmdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*
@@ -5870,6 +5886,8 @@ g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
 g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
+g:sh_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_isk*
+g:sh_noisk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_noisk*
 g:syntax_on	syntax.txt	/*g:syntax_on*
 g:tar_browseoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_browseoptions*
 g:tar_cmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_cmd*
@@ -6019,6 +6037,7 @@ gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
 gui	gui.txt	/*gui*
+gui-IME	gui.txt	/*gui-IME*
 gui-clipboard	gui_w32.txt	/*gui-clipboard*
 gui-colors	syntax.txt	/*gui-colors*
 gui-extras	gui.txt	/*gui-extras*
@@ -6117,6 +6136,7 @@ helpfile_name.txt	helphelp.txt	/*helpfile_name.txt*
 helphelp	helphelp.txt	/*helphelp*
 helphelp.txt	helphelp.txt	/*helphelp.txt*
 hex-editing	tips.txt	/*hex-editing*
+hex-number	eval.txt	/*hex-number*
 hidden-buffer	windows.txt	/*hidden-buffer*
 hidden-changed	version5.txt	/*hidden-changed*
 hidden-menus	gui.txt	/*hidden-menus*
@@ -6227,6 +6247,7 @@ i)	motion.txt	/*i)*
 i<	motion.txt	/*i<*
 i>	motion.txt	/*i>*
 iB	motion.txt	/*iB*
+iBus	gui.txt	/*iBus*
 iW	motion.txt	/*iW*
 i[	motion.txt	/*i[*
 i]	motion.txt	/*i]*
@@ -6422,6 +6443,7 @@ internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
 inverse	syntax.txt	/*inverse*
+invert()	eval.txt	/*invert()*
 ip	motion.txt	/*ip*
 iquote	motion.txt	/*iquote*
 is	motion.txt	/*is*
@@ -6759,6 +6781,7 @@ netrw-browse-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browse-cmds*
 netrw-browse-maps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browse-maps*
 netrw-browser	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser*
 netrw-browser-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-options*
+netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
 netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
@@ -6807,6 +6830,7 @@ netrw-history	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-history*
 netrw-horiz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-horiz*
 netrw-i	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-i*
 netrw-incompatible	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-incompatible*
+netrw-internal-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-internal-variables*
 netrw-intro-browse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-intro-browse*
 netrw-leftmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-leftmouse*
 netrw-list	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-list*
@@ -6884,8 +6908,10 @@ netrw-rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rexplore*
 netrw-rightmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rightmouse*
 netrw-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-s*
 netrw-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings*
+netrw-settings-window	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings-window*
 netrw-sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sexplore*
 netrw-sort	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort*
+netrw-sort-sequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort-sequence*
 netrw-sortsequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sortsequence*
 netrw-source	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-source*
 netrw-ssh-hack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ssh-hack*
@@ -6904,7 +6930,6 @@ netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
 netrw-urls	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-urls*
 netrw-userpass	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-userpass*
 netrw-v	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-v*
-netrw-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-var*
 netrw-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-variables*
 netrw-vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-vexplore*
 netrw-write	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-write*
@@ -7018,7 +7043,8 @@ objects	index.txt	/*objects*
 obtaining-exted	netbeans.txt	/*obtaining-exted*
 ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
 octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
-octal-number	options.txt	/*octal-number*
+octal-nrformats	options.txt	/*octal-nrformats*
+octal-number	eval.txt	/*octal-number*
 oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
@@ -7043,6 +7069,7 @@ options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
 options.txt	options.txt	/*options.txt*
 optwin	options.txt	/*optwin*
+or()	eval.txt	/*or()*
 oracle	ft_sql.txt	/*oracle*
 os2	os_os2.txt	/*os2*
 os2ansi	os_os2.txt	/*os2ansi*
@@ -7439,6 +7466,8 @@ setuid	change.txt	/*setuid*
 setwinvar()	eval.txt	/*setwinvar()*
 sftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*sftp*
 sgml.vim	syntax.txt	/*sgml.vim*
+sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
+sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
 shell-window	tips.txt	/*shell-window*
 shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
@@ -8047,6 +8076,7 @@ unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
 uppercase	change.txt	/*uppercase*
+urxvt-mouse	options.txt	/*urxvt-mouse*
 use-cpo-save	usr_41.txt	/*use-cpo-save*
 use-visual-cmds	version4.txt	/*use-visual-cmds*
 useful-mappings	tips.txt	/*useful-mappings*
@@ -8329,13 +8359,27 @@ vimdev	intro.txt	/*vimdev*
 vimdiff	diff.txt	/*vimdiff*
 vimfiles	options.txt	/*vimfiles*
 viminfo	starting.txt	/*viminfo*
+viminfo-!	options.txt	/*viminfo-!*
+viminfo-%	options.txt	/*viminfo-%*
+viminfo-'	options.txt	/*viminfo-'*
+viminfo-/	options.txt	/*viminfo-\/*
+viminfo-:	options.txt	/*viminfo-:*
+viminfo-<	options.txt	/*viminfo-<*
+viminfo-@	options.txt	/*viminfo-@*
+viminfo-c	options.txt	/*viminfo-c*
 viminfo-encoding	starting.txt	/*viminfo-encoding*
 viminfo-errors	starting.txt	/*viminfo-errors*
+viminfo-f	options.txt	/*viminfo-f*
 viminfo-file	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file*
 viminfo-file-marks	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-marks*
 viminfo-file-name	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-name*
+viminfo-h	options.txt	/*viminfo-h*
+viminfo-n	options.txt	/*viminfo-n*
+viminfo-quote	options.txt	/*viminfo-quote*
+viminfo-r	options.txt	/*viminfo-r*
 viminfo-read	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read*
 viminfo-read-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read-write*
+viminfo-s	options.txt	/*viminfo-s*
 viminfo-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-write*
 vimrc	starting.txt	/*vimrc*
 vimrc-filetype	usr_05.txt	/*vimrc-filetype*
@@ -8485,6 +8529,7 @@ xiterm	syntax.txt	/*xiterm*
 xml-folding	syntax.txt	/*xml-folding*
 xml-omni-datafile	insert.txt	/*xml-omni-datafile*
 xml.vim	syntax.txt	/*xml.vim*
+xor()	eval.txt	/*xor()*
 xpm.vim	syntax.txt	/*xpm.vim*
 xterm-8-bit	term.txt	/*xterm-8-bit*
 xterm-8bit	term.txt	/*xterm-8bit*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Feb 18
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Oct 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -770,12 +770,12 @@ CTRL-W i		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:dli* *:dlist*
-:[range]dl[ist][!] [/]string[/]
+:[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
 			Like "[D"  and "]D", but search in [range] lines
 			(default: whole file).
 			See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].  {not in Vi}
 			Note that ":dl" works like ":delete" with the "l"
-			flag.
+			register.
 
 							*[_CTRL-D*
 [ CTRL-D		Jump to the first macro definition that contains the

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -36,64 +36,180 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
-Crash in autocomplete, valgrind log. (Greg Weber, 2011 Apr 22)
-
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
-Patch to fix gj with count. (James Vega, 2011 Jun 13)
+Once syntax and other runtime files have been fixed: add "set cp" to
+check.vim.  Use a function to run both with 'cp' and 'nocp'.
 
-Patch to disallow fork() when __APPLE__ is defined. (Hisashi T Fujinaka, 2010
-Nov 25)
+Repeating search history entries. (Edwin Steiner, 2012 Jan 17)
+Jan 18: Caused by patch 7.3.265?
 
-7   Output for ":scriptnames" and ":breaklist" should shorten the file names:
-    use "~/" when possible.
-Patch by Jean-Rene David, 2011 May 1.
+Patch for '$' not being displayed for a change when 'cpoptions' contains "$".
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 28, patch by Hideki EIRAKU and Hirohito Higashi)
 
-Cindent wrong after patch 7.3.202. (Lech Lorens, issue 9)
+Patch to speed up readfile(). (John Little, 2012 Feb 1)
+Adjustment by Charles Peacech, Feb 3.
+8   When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the
+    "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was
+    read so far.  Use realloc() instead?  Or split the line when allocating
+    memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)?
 
-Patch for cindent fix with closing brace placement, including tests.
-(Lech Lorens, issue 10, 2011 Jun 12)
+Patch to fix a crash when an xpm file is invalid. (Dave Bodenstab, 2012 Jan
+27)
 
-Patch for better #if 0 syntax highlighting for C code. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Jan
-20)
-Change to C syntax folding to make it work much faster, but a bit less
-reliable. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Nov 9)  Enable with an option?
-Most time is spent in in_id_list().
-Updated to merge both patches. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 May 2)
+Hang in using VimEnter. (Alex Efros, 2012 Jan 14)
 
-GTK: Patch to fix menu popping down. (Hong Xu, 2010 Dec 4, Dec 5)
-Update 2011 Feb 3.
+Patch for behavior of "." in compatible mode. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, patch by
+Hideki EIRAKU, 2012 Jan 28)
 
-Patch to use pipes on Win32.  (Vincent Berthoux, 2011 Feb 28)
-Update Mar 1 using 'shelltemp'.
+":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains wildcards.
+finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
 
-Patch to fix CTRL-R CTRL-W in the command line when the cursor is not at the
-end. (Tyru, 2011 Jun 6)
+Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
+complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
+Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
+
+Patch to add support for Solaris ZFS ACLs. (Danek Duvall, 2012 Jan 13)
+
+Patch to make continued lines work faster. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 11)
+
+Also an idea to make join() faster. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 11)
+Another one from Taro Muraoka, 2012 Jan 12.
+
+":doau" says it triggers modeline.  Should this only happen for events used
+when loading a buffer?  (Kana Natsuno, 2011 Nov 7)
+
+Patch for compiler warnings in if_perl. (James McCoy, 2011 Jan 30)
+
+Patch for X selection conversion. (Alex Efros, 2012 Jan 24)
+
+Patch to make 'shcf' default work better. (Benjamin Fritz, 2011 Nov 18)
+    Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails:
+	    echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"')
+    Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell'
+    contains "cmd" in the tail?  (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13)
+    Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s.
+
+Other way to start Mzscheme. Tim Brown, 2011 Oct 5: change main call.
+Later patch by Sergey Khorev, 2011 Oct 9.
+
+Patch to allow ! for :all and :sall, as documented. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012
+Jan 30)
+
+Patch for "tab drop hoge" moving current window. (Higashi, 2012 Jan 31)
+":tab drop buffer.c" always opens a new tab, also if buffer.c is already in an
+open window. (Herb Sitz, 2011 Nov 17)
+":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window
+in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13)
+
+Patch to make InsertCharPre work better. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 21)
+
+Patch to fix closed folds with "loadview". (Xavier de Gaye, 2011 Nov 25)
+
+Patch to add getsid(). (Tyru, 2011 Oct 2)  Do we want this?  Update Oct 4.
+Or use expand('<sid>')?
+
+Patch for glob() returning a list. (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 24, second
+one)
+
+Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar causes
+the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan 12)
+Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
+
+Patch to highlight cursor line number. (Howard Buchholz (lhb), 2011 Oct 18)
+
+URXVT:
+- will get stuck if byte sequence does not containe expected semicolon.
+- Patch for urxvt mouse support after shell command. (Issue 31)
+- Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
+  http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
+
+Patch for using QuickFixCmdPre for more commands. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2012
+Feb 1, update Feb 2)
+
+When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
+for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
+Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
+
+When exiting with unsaved changes, selecting an existing file in the file
+dialog, there is no dialog to ask whether the existing file should be
+overwritten. (Felipe G. Nievinski, 2011 Dec 22)
+
+7   Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only
+    required for a few options.  Only do it for those options to avoid the
+    side effect.
+Patch by Kana Natsuno, 2011 Nov 12.
+
+Patch to fix member confusion in Lua interface. (Taro Muraoka, 2012 Jan 8)
+Update Jan 9.
+Carvalho merged the patch:  New version 2012 Jan 19.
+
+Patch for option in 'cino' to specify more indent for continued conditions.
+(Lech Lorens, 2011 Nov 27)
+Isn't this already possible?
+
+Patch for using objcpp file type for headers files. Issue 44.
+
+Docs fix for v:register. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Sep 26, 27)
+v:register doesn't work exactly as expected. (David Fishburn, 2011 Sep 20)
+
+Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 22)
+-   Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line
+    below/above).
+
+Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 24, updated patch)
+8   ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work.  Also: ":sign unplace *
+    buffer={bufnr}".  So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
+
+Patch to add "onselected" callback for completion. (Taro Muraoka, 2011 Sep 24)
+Another for CompleteFuncOk. (Florian Klein, 2012 Jan 31)
+Name it "CompleteFuncDone".
+
+Patch for Make_mvc.mak and Make_ming.mak for Ruby support. (Yasuhiro
+Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 30)
+
+Use a count before "v" and "V" to select that many characters or lines?
+(Kikyous)
+
+Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
+Patch Sep 18.
+
+Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
+And one for gui_x11.txt.
+
+Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
+
+Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
+
+Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others.  Omit dict functions,
+they can't be called. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Oct 11)
+
+Patch to improve "it" and "at" text object matching. (Christian Brabandt, 2011
+Nov 20)
+
+`[ moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
+(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
+
+Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
+
+Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
+(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
+
+"fC" doesn't position the cursor correctly when there are concealed
+characters.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Oct 11)
+
+Patch for 'transparency' option. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
+Only for MS-Windows.  No documentation.  Do we want this?
+
+Patch to support cursor shape in Cygwin console. (Ben bgold, 2011 Dec 27)
 
 Patch to support UTF-8 for Hangul. (Shawn Y.H. Kim, 2011 May 1)
-Needs more work.
-
-Patch to make ";" not get stuck on "t" command. (Christian Brabandt, 2011 May
-23)
-
-Patch to do more testing of Javascript indenting.  Some items are srong.
-(Luc Deschenaux, 2011 Jun 14)
-
-"gh<Del>" deletes the current line, except when it's the last line.
-Hint by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Mar 22
-
-"echo 'abc' > ''" returns 0 or 1, depending on 'ignorecase'.
-mb_strnicmp() checks for illegal and truncated bytes are wrong.
-Should also not assume that byte length is equal before case folding.
-Patch by Ivan Krasilnikov, 2011 May 27.
-
-The :z command doesn't work exactly as it should. (ChangZhuo Chen, 2011 Mar 2)
-Compare with how old Vi works and with posix spec.  terminal is 80 x 24,
-'scroll' option set to 11.
+Needs more work.  Pinged 2012 Jan 4.
 
 'cursorline' is displayed too short when there are concealed characters and
 'list' is set.  (Dennis Preiser)
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
+Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
 
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
@@ -103,24 +219,24 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-When opening file from windows explorer, characters inside [] cause
-problems, even though double quotes are used. (Manuel Stol, 2011 Mar 9)
+Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
+New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
-Patch to change the meaning of \n in substitute(). (motoya kurotsu, 2011 Mar 8)
+Win32: Patch for alpha-blended icons and toolbar height. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011
+Sep 17)  Asked for feedback from others.
 
-Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
-Winckler, 2011 May 11)
-Use function to set paste option and restore it, use CTRL-R+ to paste.
+Win32: Cannot cd into a directory that starts with a space. (Andy Wokula, 2012
+Jan 19)
 
-Help file foldexpr (ZyX)
+Need to escape $HOME on Windows?  (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
+
+"2" in 'formatopions' not working in comments. (Christian Corneliussen, 2011
+Oct 26)
 
 Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
 
-Patch to automatically get version number into NSIS. (Guopeng Wen, 2011 May
-27)
-
-Patch to make character classes work with multi-byte characters.
-(Dominique Pelle, 2011 May 31)
+With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
+register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
 
 In GTK Gvim, setting 'lines' and 'columns' to 99999 causes a crash (Tony
 Mechelynck, 2011 Apr 25).  Can reproduce the crash sometimes:
@@ -137,15 +253,8 @@ The error was 'RenderBadPicture (invalid Picture parameter)'.
    backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)
 Check that number of pixels doesn't go above 65535?
 
-8   Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once
-    after typing something.
-Need for CursorHold that retriggers.  Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
-function that resets did_cursorhold.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
-
-CursorHold repeats typed key when it's the start of a mapping.
-(Will Gray, 2011 Mar 23)
-Christian Brabandt: problem is that OP_PENDING isn't set.
+popup completion menu closes quickly when there is a fold in the buffer. (Jan
+Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
 
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
@@ -155,6 +264,9 @@ call append(line, "INFO  ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60.
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
+Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented.  Suggestion by Ben
+Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
+
 Bug: E685 error for func_unref(). (ZyX, 2010 Aug 5)
 
 Bug: Windows 7 64 bit system freezes  when 'clipboard' set to "unnamed" and
@@ -167,6 +279,8 @@ Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a
 
 Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 
+Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
+
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -174,24 +288,30 @@ right type.
 string() can't parse back "inf" and "nan".  Fix documentation or fix code?
 (ZyX, 2010 Aug 23)
 
+Make 'formatprg' global-local. (Sung Pae)
+
 When doing "redir => s:foo" in a script and then "redir END" somewhere else
 (e.g. in a function) it can't find s:foo.
 
+When setqflist() uses a filename that triggers a BufReadCmd autocommand Vim
+doesn't jump to the correct line with :cfirst. (ZyX,  2011 Sep 18)
+
+7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
+Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 19.
+
 maparg() does not show the <script> flag.  When temporarily changing a
 mapping, how to restore the script ID?
 
-Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8)
-Update Nov 19.  James Vega: still not right.  Christian: it's difficult.
-
-Patch to add up to 99 match groups. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 22)
-Also add named groups: \%{name}(re)  and \%{name}g
-
 Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
 (ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
 
 Highlighting stops working after changing it many times.  Script to reproduce
 it: Pablo Contreras, 2010 Oct 12  Windows XP and 7.  Font is never freed?
 
+When setting a local option value from the global value, add a script ID that
+indicates this, so that ":verbose set" can give a hint.  Check with options in
+the help file.
+
 After patch 7.3.097 still get E15. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Jan 18)
 Also for another example (ZyX, 2011 Jan 24)
 
@@ -199,16 +319,14 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Deleting a linewise selection that includes the last line of the file leaves
-an empty line. (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Mar 17)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Mar 19.
-
 Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
 30)
 
 Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
 May 24)  Update May 26.
 
+Patch for :tabrecently. (Hirokazu Yoshida, 2012 Jan 30)
+
 When a script contains "redir => s:foo" but doesn't end redirection, a
 following "redir" command gives an error for not being able to access s:foo.
 (ZyX, 2011 Mar 27)
@@ -222,6 +340,29 @@ With a filler line in diff mode, it isn't displayed in the column with line
 number, but it is in the sign column.  Doesn't look right. (ZyX 2011 Jun 5)
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 5.  Introduces new problems.
 
+8   Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error".
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, uses ]e [e ]t and [t. 2011 Aug 9.
+
+8   Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once
+    after typing something.
+Need for CursorHold that retriggers.  Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
+function that resets did_cursorhold.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
+
+7   Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
+Update by Ben Fritz, with fix for TOhtml. (2011 Jul 30)
+
+9   Add %F to 'errorformat': file name without spaces.  Useful on Unix to
+    avoid matching something up to a time 11:22:33.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
+
+Patch to fix \%V item in regexp. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Nov 8)
+Update Nov 19.  James Vega: still not right.  Christian: it's difficult.
+
+Patch to add up to 99 match groups. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Dec 22)
+Also add named groups: \%{name}(re)  and \%{name}g
+
 In the sandbox it's not allowed to do many things, but it's possible to change
 or set variables.  Add a way to prevent variables from being changed in the
 sandbox?  E.g.: ":protect g:restore_settings".
@@ -282,6 +423,8 @@ the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
+'beval' option should be global-local.
+
 Ruby: ":ruby print $buffer.number" returns zero.
 
 setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
@@ -314,6 +457,10 @@ mkdir().
 
 'cindent' not correct when 'list' is set. (Zdravi Korusef, 2010 Apr 15)
 
+C-indenting: A matching { in a comment is ignored, but intermediate { are not
+checked to be in a comment.  Implement FM_SKIPCOMM flag of findmatchlimit().
+Issue 46.
+
 When 'paste' is changed with 'pastetoggle', the ruler doesn't reflect this
 right away. (Samuel Ferencik, 2010 Dec 7)
 
@@ -334,26 +481,20 @@ Echo starts in the wrong column:
 
 Patch for GVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7)
 
-GvimExt sets $LANG in the wrong way.  Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2011 Jun
-15.  This will fix issue no 11.
-
 When writing a file > 2Gbyte, the reported number of bytes is negative.
 (Antonio Colombo, 2010 Dec 18)
 
 Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
-(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30)
-
-Patch to make more characters work in dialogs. (Yankwei Jia, 2010 Aug 4)
-
-Patch for VisVim, pass file name to VimOpenFile. (Jiri Sedlak, 2010 Nov 12)
+(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
 
 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
 
 Crash in setqflist(). (Benoit Mortgat, 2010 Nov 18)
 
-Patch to handle resizing when tab is opened, when at full size. (Yukihiro
-Nakadaira, 2010 Jan 6)
+Gui menu edit/paste in block mode insert only inserts in one line (Bjorn
+Winckler, 2011 May 11)
+Requires a map mode for Insert mode started from blockwise Visual mode.
 
 Writing nested List and Dict in viminfo gives error message and can't be read
 back. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2010 Nov 13)
@@ -411,10 +552,6 @@ Patch to support :undo absolute jump to file save number. (Christian Brabandt,
 Patch to use 'foldnextmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011
 Jan 7)
 
-When setting 'undofile' while the file is already loaded, but unchanged, try
-to read the undo file.  Requires computing a checksum of the text. (Andy
-Wokula)
-
 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17)
 Only with "vim -u NONE".
 
@@ -429,6 +566,9 @@ characters. (2010 Aug 14, bootleq)
 
 Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 
+Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
+     /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
+
 Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
 mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
 Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
@@ -439,25 +579,18 @@ it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
 Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to
 find out why.
 
+Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
+
 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9)
 
 Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.  Works OK for
 echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar 17)
 
-Cannot use getchar() inside :normal and using an expression mapping.  Is this
-supposed to work?  (XyX, 2010 Sep 22)
-
-When using an expression mapping with a multi-byte character each byte is
-converted to a utf-8 character. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 4)
-Patch for possible solution. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Jan 5)
-
 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
 
-There is no command line completion for ":lmap".
-
 ":e ~br<Tab>" does not complete to ":e /home/bram/".  Would need to use
 getpwent() to find all the matches.
 
@@ -720,8 +853,6 @@ the buffer to be unmodified.
 Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11.  Followup Jul 14, need to have
 another look at it.
 
-Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26)
-
 c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0".
 (Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7)
 
@@ -778,11 +909,6 @@ an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c.
 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008
 July 7)
 
-The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly.
-Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24.
-Should clean up the whole function.  Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>?
-find_special_key() also has this problem.
-
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
 
@@ -858,14 +984,9 @@ try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15)
 
 try/catch not working when inside a for loop. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 25)
 
-Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin)
-
 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window.
 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
-":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window
-in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13)
-
 Add ":nofold".  Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
 
 Including NFA regexp code:
@@ -893,9 +1014,6 @@ Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and
 ":ccl" closes the quickfix window.  Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal)
 Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.
 
-Patch for :lmake not updating the quickfix window title. (Lech Lorens, 2011
-Mar 26)
-
 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
 
@@ -956,9 +1074,6 @@ popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and
 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu.
 This should avoid flicker.  Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22.
 
-When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated.  Patch
-to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30)
-
 Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has
 a trailing NUL.  (Joachim Hofmann)  Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT
 isn't right?
@@ -1011,6 +1126,15 @@ Latest version: 2011 May 18
     http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
     Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
 
+Windows installer should install 32-bit version of right-click handler also on
+64-bit systems. (Brian Cunningham, 2011 Dec 28)
+
+Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
+Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
+Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
+argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
+(Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26)
+
 Windows installer: licence text should not use indent, causes bad word wrap.
 (Benjamin Fritz, 2010 Aug 16)
 
@@ -1064,12 +1188,6 @@ pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
-Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails:
-	echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"')
-Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell'
-contains "cmd" in the tail?  (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13)
-Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s.
-
 Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly.
 Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24.
 Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead?
@@ -1097,9 +1215,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
 windows. (Adam George)
 
-When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right.
-(Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28)  Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2.
-
 F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
 modifier key.  Need to catch three different sequences.  Use K_ZF1, like
 K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
@@ -1180,12 +1295,6 @@ When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
 Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change
 the Visual area.  Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15)
 
-Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
-Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
-Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
-argument list or opening each file in a separate tab.
-(Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26)
-
 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal.
 
 Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters.  Add the
@@ -1460,6 +1569,8 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 At next release:
 -   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
     creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
+-   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
+    E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 
 
 More patches:
@@ -1525,6 +1636,8 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 -   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
     Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
     Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
+    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
+    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
 8   Add a few more command names to the menus.  Patch from Jiri Brezina
     (28 feb 2002).  Will mess the translations...
 7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
@@ -1680,18 +1793,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     the wide functions.
 8   On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2
     file names.  Can we load unicows.dll dynamically?
-8   Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a
-    scrollbar Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz,
-    2008 Oct)
-8   When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and
-    Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor.
-    Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey)
-    When the primary monitor is on the right, coordinates on the left monitor
-    are negative.  Clamping to zero means gvim jups to the primary monitor.
-    (Michael Wookey, 2010 Aug 17)
-    Probably the same issue: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim
-    jumps from the secondary to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9)
-    Possible solution using GetSystemMetrics() (Sergey Khorev, 2010 Aug 18)
 8   The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications.
     The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs.
     Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html
@@ -2683,7 +2784,6 @@ Folding:
 8   Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only.
 9   Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold
     with certain level.  Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds.
-7   Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
 8   When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the
     behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed.  How to make the
     user aware of this?
@@ -2863,7 +2963,6 @@ Syntax highlighting:
 8   Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey
     background) when on one of the parens or in between them.
     Option for the matchparen plugin?
-8   Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error".
 8   When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop
     sequences.	Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be
     used.
@@ -3164,10 +3263,6 @@ Performance:
     Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place.
     Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase.
     Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc.
-8   When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the
-    "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was
-    read so far.  Use realloc() instead?  Or split the line when allocating
-    memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)?
 8   When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to
     compare each pattern with all existing patterns.  Use a hash code to avoid
     using strcmp() too often?
@@ -4416,9 +4511,6 @@ Sessions:
 Options:
 7   ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and
     restore it after the command has executed.
-7   Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only
-    required for a few options.  Only do it for those options to avoid the
-    side effect.
 8   Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string
     options that are a comma separated list.  The old number values should
     also be supported.
@@ -4500,11 +4592,8 @@ Marks:
 
 
 Digraphs:
-7   Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists.
-    Also the keymap?
+7   Make "ga" show the keymap for a character, if it exists.
     Also show the code of the character after conversion to 'filenecoding'.
--   Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line
-    below/above).
 -   Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special
     characters?
 8   Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown)
@@ -4622,8 +4711,6 @@ Debug mode:
 Various improvements:
 9   Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
     from Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value.
-8   ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work.  Also: ":sign unplace *
-    buffer={bufnr}".  So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
     Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
@@ -4641,8 +4728,6 @@ Various improvements:
 7   Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to
     do this with Vim script.  A function that filters the raw text that comes
     from the 'makeprg'?
-9   Add %F to 'errorformat': file name without spaces.  Useful on Unix to
-    avoid matching something up to a time 11:22:33.
 -   Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh
     Govindachar)
 7   Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Dec 19
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,8 +35,10 @@ CTRL-R			Redo [count] changes which were undone.  {Vi: redraw
 :red[o]			Redo one change which was undone.  {Vi: no redo}
 
 							*U*
-U			Undo all latest changes on one line.  {Vi: while not
-			moved off of it}
+U			Undo all latest changes on one line, the line where
+			the latest change was made. |U| itself also counts as
+			a change, and thus |U| undoes a previous |U|.
+			{Vi: while not moved off of the last modified line}
 
 The last changes are remembered.  You can use the undo and redo commands above
 to revert the text to how it was before each change.  You can also apply the
@@ -265,7 +267,12 @@ respectively:
 		(the magic number at the start of the file is wrong), then
 		this fails, unless the ! was added.
 		If it exists and does look like an undo file it is
-		overwritten.
+		overwritten. If there is no undo-history, nothing will be 
+		written.
+		Implementation detail: Overwriting happens by first deleting
+		the existing file and then creating a new file with the same
+		name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile
+		in a write-protected directory.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 :rundo {file}	Read undo history from {file}.

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Dec 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -670,6 +670,12 @@ Floating point computation:				*float-functions*
 	cosh()			hyperbolic cosine
 	tanh()			hyperbolic tangent
 
+Other computation:					*bitwise-function*
+	and()			bitwise AND
+	invert()		bitwise invert
+	or()			bitwise OR
+	xor()			bitwise XOR
+
 Variables:						*var-functions*
 	type()			type of a variable
 	islocked()		check if a variable is locked

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 19
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,6 +136,9 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			then twice the value of the 'scroll' option is used,
 			otherwise the current window height minus 3 is used.
 
+			If there is a {count} the 'window' option is set to
+			its value.
+
 			:z can be used either alone or followed by any of
 			several punctuation marks.  These have the following
 			effect:
@@ -350,72 +353,74 @@ N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
+N  *+mouse_pterm*		QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
-N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+N  *+mouse_urxvt*		Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_xterm*		Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+B  *+multi_byte*		16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
-N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
+N  *+multi_lang*		non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
-m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
-N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
+m  *+ole*			Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+N  *+path_extra*		Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
-   *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
+   *+postscript*		|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
 m  *+python*		Python 2 interface |python|
-m  *+python/dyn*	Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python/dyn*		Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+python3*		Python 3 interface |python|
-m  *+python3/dyn*	Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python3/dyn*		Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+quickfix*		|:make| and |quickfix| commands
 N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 			'redrawtime' option
 B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
+N  *+scrollbind*		|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
-N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
+N  *+smartindent*		|'smartindent'|
 m  *+sniff*		SniFF interface |sniff|
-N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
-N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
+N  *+startuptime*		|--startuptime| argument
+N  *+statusline*		Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
 m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
-N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
+N  *+tag_binary*		binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
-m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
+m  *+tcl*			Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
-N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
+N  *+textobjects*		|text-objects| selection
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
-N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
+N  *+virtualedit*		|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
-N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
+N  *+visualextra*		extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
-N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
+N  *+wildignore*		|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
 S  *+windows*		more than one window
-m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
-m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
+m  *+writebackup*		|'writebackup'| is default on
+m  *+xim*			X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|
+m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |:sign-define|
    *+xsmp*		XSMP (X session management) support
    *+xsmp_interact*	interactive XSMP (X session management) support
 N  *+xterm_clipboard*	Unix only: xterm clipboard handling
-m  *+xterm_save*	save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
-N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
+m  *+xterm_save*		save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
+N  *+X11*			Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 
 							*/dyn* *E370* *E448*
 			To some of the features "/dyn" is added when the
@@ -602,6 +607,10 @@ K			Run a program to lookup the keyword under the
 			"gs" stands for "goto sleep".
 			While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text,
 			if at a visible position.  {not in Vi}
+			Also process the received netbeans messages. {only
+			available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg|
+			feature}
+
 
 							*g_CTRL-A*
 g CTRL-A		Only when Vim was compiled with MEM_PROFILING defined

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 11
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ Maximum display width	   Unix and Win32: 1024 characters, otherwise 255
 			   characters
 Maximum lhs of a mapping   50 characters.
 Number of different highlighting types: over 30000
-Range of a Number variable:  -2147483648 to 2147483647 (more on 64 bit
-			   systems)
+Range of a Number variable:  -2147483648 to 2147483647 (might be more on 64
+			   bit systems)
 Maximum length of a line in a tags file: 512 bytes.
 
 Information for undo and text in registers is kept in memory, thus when making

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 15
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ window will appear.
 
 These command modifiers can be combined to make a vertically split window
 occupy the full height.  Example: >
-	:vertical topleft edit tags
+	:vertical topleft split tags
 Opens a vertically split, full-height window on the "tags" file at the far
 left of the Vim window.
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2012 Feb 03
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -566,7 +566,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.d			call s:DtraceCheck()
 
 func! s:DtraceCheck()
   let lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 100]))
-  if match(lines, '^#!\S\+dtrace\|#pragma\s\+D\s\+option\|:\S\{-}:\S\{-}:') > -1
+  if match(lines, '^module\>\|^import\>') > -1
+    " D files often start with a module and/or import statement.
+    setf d
+  elseif match(lines, '^#!\S\+dtrace\|#pragma\s\+D\s\+option\|:\S\{-}:\S\{-}:') > -1
     setf dtrace
   else
     setf d
@@ -754,6 +757,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/**/gnupg/options.skel setf gpg
 " gnash(1) configuration files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
 
+" Gitolite
+au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */gitolite-admin/conf/*	call s:StarSetf('gitolite')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc 	setf perl
+
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
 
@@ -922,7 +930,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx	setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.json   setf javascript
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -1209,6 +1217,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.NS[ACGLMNPS]		setf natural
 " Netrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .netrc			setf netrc
 
+" Ninja file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ninja			setf ninja
+
 " Novell netware batch files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ncf			setf ncf
 
@@ -1253,7 +1264,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nqc			setf nqc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nsi			setf nsis
 
 " OCAML
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly	setf ocaml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly,.ocamlinit	setf ocaml
 
 " Occam
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.occ			setf occam
@@ -1588,8 +1599,13 @@ func! s:FTr()
     endif
   endfor
 
-  " Nothing recognized, assume Rexx
-  setf rexx
+  " Nothing recognized, use user default or assume Rexx
+  if exists("g:filetype_r")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_r
+  else
+    " Rexx used to be the default, but R appears to be much more popular.
+    setf r
+  endif
 endfunc
 
 " Remind
@@ -2340,6 +2356,9 @@ endfunc
 " Yaml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml		setf yaml
 
+" yum conf (close enough to dosini)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf 		setf dosini
+
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
 "   cpt (zope form controller page template)
@@ -2510,26 +2529,35 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap*			call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')
 " Xinetd conf
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 
+" yum conf (close enough to dosini)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/* 	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
+
 " Z-Shell script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 
+" Plain text files, needs to be far down to not override others.  This avoids
+" the "conf" type being used if there is a line starting with '#'.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text		setf text
+
 
 " Use the filetype detect plugins.  They may overrule any of the previously
 " detected filetypes.
 runtime! ftdetect/*.vim
 
+" NOTE: The above command could have ended the filetypedetect autocmd group
+" and started another one. Let's make sure it has ended to get to a consistant
+" state.
+augroup END
 
 " Generic configuration file (check this last, it's just guessing!)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead,StdinReadPost *
+au filetypedetect BufNewFile,BufRead,StdinReadPost *
 	\ if !did_filetype() && expand("<amatch>") !~ g:ft_ignore_pat
 	\    && (getline(1) =~ '^#' || getline(2) =~ '^#' || getline(3) =~ '^#'
 	\	|| getline(4) =~ '^#' || getline(5) =~ '^#') |
 	\   setf conf |
 	\ endif
 
-augroup END
-
 
 " If the GUI is already running, may still need to install the Syntax menu.
 " Don't do it when the 'M' flag is included in 'guioptions'.

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2007 Sep 25
+" Last Change:	2011 Aug 04
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ endif
 
 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
 " braces in comments.
-let b:match_words = &matchpairs
+let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character'
 
 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog

runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers:   Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
 "                       Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2010-07-11
-" License:      GNU GPL, version 2.0 or later
+" Last Change:  2012-01-31
+" License:      Vim License
 " URL:          http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Bug completion requires apt-listbugs installed for Debian packages or

runtime/ftplugin/erlang.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+" Vim ftplugin file
+" Language:     Erlang
+" Author:       Oscar Hellström <oscar@oscarh.net>
+" Contributors: Ricardo Catalinas Jiménez <jimenezrick@gmail.com>
+"               Eduardo Lopez (http://github.com/tapichu)
+" License:      Vim license
+" Version:      2011/11/21
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+	finish
+else
+	let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+endif
+
+if exists('s:did_function_definitions')
+	call s:SetErlangOptions()
+	finish
+else
+	let s:did_function_definitions = 1
+endif
+
+if !exists('g:erlang_keywordprg')
+	let g:erlang_keywordprg = 'erl -man'
+endif
+
+if !exists('g:erlang_folding')
+	let g:erlang_folding = 0
+endif
+
+" Local settings
+function s:SetErlangOptions()
+	compiler erlang
+	if version >= 700
+		setlocal omnifunc=erlang_complete#Complete
+	endif
+
+	if g:erlang_folding
+		setlocal foldmethod=expr
+		setlocal foldexpr=GetErlangFold(v:lnum)
+		setlocal foldtext=ErlangFoldText()
+	endif
+
+	setlocal comments=:%%%,:%%,:%
+	setlocal commentstring=%%s
+
+	setlocal formatoptions+=ro
+	let &l:keywordprg = g:erlang_keywordprg
+endfunction
+
+" Define folding functions
+if !exists('*GetErlangFold')
+	" Folding params
+	let s:erlang_fun_begin  = '^\a\w*(.*$'
+	let s:erlang_fun_end    = '^[^%]*\.\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
+	let s:erlang_blank_line = '^\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
+
+	" Auxiliary fold functions
+	function s:GetNextNonBlank(lnum)
+		let lnum = nextnonblank(a:lnum + 1)
+		let line = getline(lnum)
+		while line =~ s:erlang_blank_line && 0 != lnum
+			let lnum = nextnonblank(lnum + 1)
+			let line = getline(lnum)
+		endwhile
+		return lnum
+	endfunction
+
+	function s:GetFunName(str)
+		return matchstr(a:str, '^\a\w*(\@=')
+	endfunction
+
+	function s:GetFunArgs(str, lnum)
+		let str = a:str
+		let lnum = a:lnum
+		while str !~ '->\s*\(%.*\)\?$'
+			let lnum = s:GetNextNonBlank(lnum)
+			if 0 == lnum " EOF
+				return ''
+			endif
+			let str .= getline(lnum)
+		endwhile
+		return matchstr(str, 
+			\ '\(^(\s*\)\@<=.*\(\s*)\(\s\+when\s\+.*\)\?\s\+->\s*\(%.*\)\?$\)\@=')
+	endfunction
+
+	function s:CountFunArgs(arguments)
+		let pos = 0
+		let ac = 0 " arg count
+		let arguments = a:arguments
+		
+		" Change list / tuples into just one A(rgument)
+		let erlang_tuple = '{\([A-Za-z_,|=\-\[\]]\|\s\)*}'
+		let erlang_list  = '\[\([A-Za-z_,|=\-{}]\|\s\)*\]'
+
+		" FIXME: Use searchpair?
+		while arguments =~ erlang_tuple
+			let arguments = substitute(arguments, erlang_tuple, 'A', 'g')
+		endwhile
+		" FIXME: Use searchpair?
+		while arguments =~ erlang_list
+			let arguments = substitute(arguments, erlang_list, 'A', 'g')
+		endwhile
+		
+		let len = strlen(arguments)
+		while pos < len && pos > -1
+			let ac += 1
+			let pos = matchend(arguments, ',\s*', pos)
+		endwhile
+		return ac
+	endfunction
+
+	" Main fold function
+	function GetErlangFold(lnum)
+		let lnum = a:lnum
+		let line = getline(lnum)
+
+		if line =~ s:erlang_fun_end
+			return '<1'
+		endif
+
+		if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin && foldlevel(lnum - 1) == 1
+			return '1'
+		endif
+
+		if line =~ s:erlang_fun_begin
+			return '>1'
+		endif
+
+		return '='
+	endfunction
+
+	" Erlang fold description (foldtext function)
+	function ErlangFoldText()
+		let foldlen = v:foldend - v:foldstart
+		if 1 < foldlen
+			let lines = 'lines'
+		else
+			let lines = 'line'
+		endif
+		let line = getline(v:foldstart)
+		let name = s:GetFunName(line)
+		let arguments = s:GetFunArgs(strpart(line, strlen(name)), v:foldstart)
+		let argcount = s:CountFunArgs(arguments)
+		let retval = '+' . v:folddashes . ' ' . name . '/' . argcount
+		let retval .= ' (' . foldlen . ' ' . lines . ')'
+		return retval
+	endfunction
+endif
+
+call s:SetErlangOptions()

runtime/ftplugin/falcon.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Falcon
 " Author:       Steven Oliver <oliver.steven@gmail.com>
-" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009, 2010 Steven Oliver
+" Copyright:    Copyright (c) 2009, 2010, 2011 Steven Oliver
 " License:      You may redistribute this under the same terms as Vim itself
 " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 2762 1 :AutoInstall: falcon.vim
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal tabstop=4 shiftwidth=4 expandtab fileencoding=utf-8
-setlocal suffixesadd=.fal
+setlocal suffixesadd=.fal,.ftd
 
 " Matchit support
 if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
@@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ setlocal comments=sO:*\ -,mO:*\ \ ,exO:*/,s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
 
 " Windows allows you to filter the open file dialog
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "Falcon Source Files (*.fal)\t*.fal\n" .
+  let b:browsefilter = "Falcon Source Files (*.fal *.ftd)\t*.fal;*.ftd\n" .
                      \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :

runtime/ftplugin/fortran.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim settings file
 " Language:	Fortran90 (and Fortran95, Fortran77, F and elf90)
-" Version:	0.46
-" Last Change:	2010 July 24
+" Version:	0.47
+" Last Change:	2011 December 28
 " Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-plugin from Vim
 " Credits:
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cposet=&cpoptions
+set cpoptions&vim
+
 " Don't do other file type settings for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
@@ -78,9 +81,6 @@ setlocal fo+=tcql
 setlocal include=^\\c#\\=\\s*include\\s\\+
 setlocal suffixesadd+=.f95,.f90,.for,.f,.F,.f77,.ftn,.fpp
 
-let s:cposet=&cpoptions
-set cpoptions-=C
-
 " Define patterns for the matchit plugin
 if !exists("b:match_words")
   let s:notend = '\%(\<end\s\+\)\@<!'

runtime/ftplugin/help.vim

@@ -13,7 +13,10 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< tw< cole< cocu<"
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78 cole=2 cocu=nc
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78
+if has("conceal")
+  setlocal cole=2 cocu=nc
+endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/kwt.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Kimwitu++
-" Maintainer:	Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
-" Last Change:	16 August 2001
+" Maintainer:	Michael Piefel <entwurf@piefel.de>
+" Last Change:	10 December 2011
 
 " Behaves almost like C++
 runtime! ftplugin/cpp.vim ftplugin/cpp_*.vim ftplugin/cpp/*.vim
 
-set cpo-=C
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Limit the browser to related files
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
@@ -18,3 +19,6 @@ endif
 
 " Set the errorformat for the Kimwitu++ compiler
 set efm+=kc%.%#:\ error\ at\ %f:%l:\ %m
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/lisp.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:      Lisp
 " Maintainer:    Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
-" URL:		 http://iamphet.nm.ru/vim
+" URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Nov 8, 2004
+" Last Change:   Jan 9, 2012
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")

runtime/ftplugin/logcheck.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:    Logcheck
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
-" License:     GNU GPL, version 2.0
+" Last Change: 2012 Jan 15
+" License:     Vim License
 " URL: http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/logcheck.vim
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")

runtime/ftplugin/lua.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file.
 " Language:	Lua 4.0+
 " Maintainer:	Max Ischenko <mfi@ukr.net>
-" Last Change:	2008 Mar 25
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 10 by Thilo Six
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines, and insert
 " the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
 setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
@@ -22,8 +25,6 @@ setlocal suffixesadd=.lua
 
 " The following lines enable the macros/matchit.vim plugin for
 " extended matching with the % key.
-
-set cpo-=C
 if exists("loaded_matchit")
 
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
@@ -34,3 +35,6 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
     \ '\<repeat\>:\<until\>'
 
 endif " exists("loaded_matchit")
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2010 Nov 29
+" Last Change:	2011 Jul 25
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ if &filetype == "man"
 
   " Ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (man-db does this)
   " when doing ctrl-[ on a man page reference.
-  let $MANPAGER = ""
+  if exists("$MANPAGER")
+    let $MANPAGER = ""
+  endif
 
   " allow dot and dash in manual page name.
   setlocal iskeyword+=\.,-

runtime/ftplugin/markdown.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Markdown
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2010 May 21
+" Last Change:		2011 Dec 14
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
 setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^[-*+]\\s\\+
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|setl cms< com< fo<"
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp<"
+endif
 
 " vim:set sw=2:

runtime/ftplugin/ocaml.vim

@@ -2,17 +2,18 @@
 " Maintainer:  David Baelde        <firstname.name@ens-lyon.org>
 "              Mike Leary          <leary@nwlink.com>
 "              Markus Mottl        <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
+"              Pierre Vittet       <pierre-vittet@pvittet.com>
 "              Stefano Zacchiroli  <zack@bononia.it>
 "              Vincent Aravantinos <firstname.name@imag.fr>
 " URL:         http://www.ocaml.info/vim/ftplugin/ocaml.vim
-" Last Change: 2010 Jul 10 - Bugfix, thanks to Pat Rondon
+" Last Change:
+"              2012 Jan 15 - Bugfix :reloading .annot file does not close
+"              splitted view (Pierre Vittet)
+"              2011 Nov 28 - Bugfix + support of multiple ml annotation file
+"              (Pierre Vittet)
+"              2010 Jul 10 - Bugfix, thanks to Pat Rondon
 "              2008 Jul 17 - Bugfix related to fnameescape (VA)
-"              2007 Sep 09 - Added .annot support for ocamlbuild, python not 
-"                            needed anymore (VA)
-"              2006 May 01 - Added .annot support for file.whateverext (SZ)
-"	             2006 Apr 11 - Fixed an initialization bug; fixed ASS abbrev (MM)
-"              2005 Oct 13 - removed GPL; better matchit support (MM, SZ)
-"
+
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
@@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ endif
 
 " Error handling -- helps moving where the compiler wants you to go
 let s:cposet=&cpoptions
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 setlocal efm=
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d:,
       \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ character\ %c:%m,
@@ -211,7 +212,7 @@ endfunction
 " cursor position.
 "
 " Typing '<LocalLeader>t' (LocalLeader defaults to '\', see :h LocalLeader)
-" will cause " Ocaml_print_type function to be invoked with the right 
+" will cause " Ocaml_print_type function to be invoked with the right
 " argument depending on the current mode (visual or not).
 " >>
 "
@@ -221,9 +222,9 @@ endfunction
 "   - no need for python support
 "     + plus : more portable
 "     + minus: no more lazy parsing, it looks very fast however
-"     
+"
 "   - ocamlbuild support, ie.
-"     + the plugin finds the _build directory and looks for the 
+"     + the plugin finds the _build directory and looks for the
 "       corresponding file inside;
 "     + if the user decides to change the name of the _build directory thanks
 "       to the '-build-dir' option of ocamlbuild, the plugin will manage in
@@ -232,7 +233,7 @@ endfunction
 "     + if ocamlbuild is not used, the usual behaviour holds; ie. the .annot
 "       file should be in the same directory as the source file;
 "     + for vim plugin programmers:
-"       the variable 'b:_build_dir' contains the inferred path to the build 
+"       the variable 'b:_build_dir' contains the inferred path to the build
 "       directory, even if this one is not named '_build'.
 "
 " Bonus :
@@ -287,24 +288,27 @@ endfunction
   endfun
 
     " After call:
-    " - b:annot_file_path : 
+    "
+    "  Following information have been put in s:annot_file_list, using
+    "  annot_file_name name as key:
+    " - annot_file_path :
     "                       path to the .annot file corresponding to the
     "                       source file (dealing with ocamlbuild stuff)
-    " - b:_build_path: 
+    " - _build_path:
     "                       path to the build directory even if this one is
     "                       not named '_build'
+    " - date_of_last annot:
+    "                       Set to 0 until we load the file. It contains the
+    "                       date at which the file has been loaded.
   function! s:Locate_annotation()
-    if !b:annotation_file_located
-
+    let annot_file_name = s:Fnameescape(expand('%:t:r')).'.annot'
+    if !exists ("s:annot_file_list[annot_file_name]")
       silent exe 'cd' s:Fnameescape(expand('%:p:h'))
-
-      let annot_file_name = s:Fnameescape(expand('%:r')).'.annot'
-
       " 1st case : the annot file is in the same directory as the buffer (no ocamlbuild)
-      let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'.')
-      if b:annot_file_path != ''
-        let b:annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.b:annot_file_path
-        let b:_build_path = ''
+      let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'.')
+      if annot_file_path != ''
+        let annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.annot_file_path
+        let _build_path = ''
       else
         " 2nd case : the buffer and the _build directory are in the same directory
         "      ..
@@ -312,15 +316,15 @@ endfunction
         "    /    \
         " _build  .ml
         "
-        let b:_build_path = finddir('_build','.')
-        if b:_build_path != ''
-          let b:_build_path = getcwd().'/'.b:_build_path
-          let b:annot_file_path           = findfile(annot_file_name,'_build')
-          if b:annot_file_path != ''
-            let b:annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.b:annot_file_path
+        let _build_path = finddir('_build','.')
+        if _build_path != ''
+          let _build_path = getcwd().'/'._build_path
+          let annot_file_path           = findfile(annot_file_name,'_build')
+          if annot_file_path != ''
+            let annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.annot_file_path
           endif
         else
-          " 3rd case : the _build directory is in a directory higher in the file hierarchy 
+          " 3rd case : the _build directory is in a directory higher in the file hierarchy
           "            (it can't be deeper by ocamlbuild requirements)
           "      ..
           "     /  \
@@ -330,65 +334,74 @@ endfunction
           "            \
           "           .ml
           "
-          let b:_build_path = finddir('_build',';')
-          if b:_build_path != ''
-            let project_path                = substitute(b:_build_path,'/_build$','','')
+          let _build_path = finddir('_build',';')
+          if _build_path != ''
+            let project_path                = substitute(_build_path,'/_build$','','')
             let path_relative_to_project    = s:Fnameescape(substitute(expand('%:p:h'),project_path.'/','',''))
-            let b:annot_file_path           = findfile(annot_file_name,project_path.'/_build/'.path_relative_to_project)
+            let annot_file_path           = findfile(annot_file_name,project_path.'/_build/'.path_relative_to_project)
           else
-            let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**')
+            let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**')
             "4th case : what if the user decided to change the name of the _build directory ?
             "           -> we relax the constraints, it should work in most cases
-            if b:annot_file_path != ''
+            if annot_file_path != ''
               " 4a. we suppose the renamed _build directory is in the current directory
-              let b:_build_path = matchstr(b:annot_file_path,'^[^/]*')
-              if b:annot_file_path != ''
-                let b:annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.b:annot_file_path
-                let b:_build_path     = getcwd().'/'.b:_build_path
+              let _build_path = matchstr(annot_file_path,'^[^/]*')
+              if annot_file_path != ''
+                let annot_file_path = getcwd().'/'.annot_file_path
+                let _build_path     = getcwd().'/'._build_path
               endif
             else
+              let annot_file_name = ''
+              "(Pierre Vittet: I have commented 4b because this was chrashing
+              "my vim (it produced infinite loop))
+              "
               " 4b. anarchy : the renamed _build directory may be higher in the hierarchy
               " this will work if the file for which we are looking annotations has a unique name in the whole project
               " if this is not the case, it may still work, but no warranty here
-              let b:annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**;')
-              let project_path      = s:Find_common_path(b:annot_file_path,expand('%:p:h'))
-              let b:_build_path       = matchstr(b:annot_file_path,project_path.'/[^/]*')
+              "let annot_file_path = findfile(annot_file_name,'**;')
+              "let project_path      = s:Find_common_path(annot_file_path,expand('%:p:h'))
+              "let _build_path       = matchstr(annot_file_path,project_path.'/[^/]*')
             endif
           endif
         endif
       endif
 
-      if b:annot_file_path == ''
+      if annot_file_path == ''
         throw 'E484: no annotation file found'
       endif
 
       silent exe 'cd' '-'
-
-      let b:annotation_file_located = 1
+      let s:annot_file_list[annot_file_name]= [annot_file_path, _build_path, 0]
     endif
   endfun
 
-  " This in order to locate the .annot file only once
-  let b:annotation_file_located = 0
+  " This variable contain a dictionnary of list. Each element of the dictionnary
+  " represent an annotation system. An annotation system is a list with :
+  " - annotation file name as it's key
+  " - annotation file path as first element of the contained list
+  " - build path as second element of the contained list
+  " - annot_file_last_mod (contain the date of .annot file) as third element
+  let s:annot_file_list = {}
 
 " 2. Finding the type information in the annotation file
-  
+
   " a. The annotation file is opened in vim as a buffer that
   " should be (almost) invisible to the user.
 
       " After call:
       " The current buffer is now the one containing the .annot file.
       " We manage to keep all this hidden to the user's eye.
-    function! s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
+    function! s:Enter_annotation_buffer(annot_file_path)
       let s:current_pos = getpos('.')
       let s:current_hidden = &l:hidden
       set hidden
       let s:current_buf = bufname('%')
-      if bufloaded(b:annot_file_path)
-        silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'buffer' s:Fnameescape(b:annot_file_path)
+      if bufloaded(a:annot_file_path)
+        silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'buffer' s:Fnameescape(a:annot_file_path)
       else
-        silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'view' s:Fnameescape(b:annot_file_path)
+        silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'view' s:Fnameescape(a:annot_file_path)
       endif
+      call setpos(".", [0, 0 , 0 , 0])
     endfun
 
       " After call:
@@ -401,27 +414,35 @@ endfunction
 
       " After call:
       "   The annot file is loaded and assigned to a buffer.
-      "   This also handles the modification date of the .annot file, eg. after a 
-      "   compilation.
-    function! s:Load_annotation()
-      if bufloaded(b:annot_file_path) && b:annot_file_last_mod < getftime(b:annot_file_path)
-        call s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
-        silent exe "bunload"
-        call s:Exit_annotation_buffer()
+      "   This also handles the modification date of the .annot file, eg. after a
+      "   compilation (return an updated annot_file_list).
+    function! s:Load_annotation(annot_file_name)
+      let annot = s:annot_file_list[a:annot_file_name]
+      let annot_file_path = annot[0]
+      let annot_file_last_mod = 0
+      if exists("annot[2]")
+        let annot_file_last_mod = annot[2]
       endif
-      if !bufloaded(b:annot_file_path)
-        call s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
+      if bufloaded(annot_file_path) && annot_file_last_mod < getftime(annot_file_path)
+        " if there is a more recent file
+        let nr = bufnr(annot_file_path)
+        silent exe 'keepj keepalt' 'bunload' nr
+      endif
+      if !bufloaded(annot_file_path)
+        call s:Enter_annotation_buffer(annot_file_path)
         setlocal nobuflisted
         setlocal bufhidden=hide
         setlocal noswapfile
         setlocal buftype=nowrite
         call s:Exit_annotation_buffer()
-        let b:annot_file_last_mod = getftime(b:annot_file_path)
+        let annot[2] = getftime(annot_file_path)
+        " List updated with the new date
+        let s:annot_file_list[a:annot_file_name] = annot
       endif
     endfun
-  
+
   "b. 'search' and 'match' work to find the type information
-   
+
       "In:  - lin1,col1: postion of expression first char
       "     - lin2,col2: postion of expression last char
       "Out: - the pattern to be looked for to find the block
@@ -462,12 +483,13 @@ endfunction
       let end = line(".") - 1
       return join(getline(begin,end),"\n")
     endfun
-        
+
       "In:  the pattern to look for in order to match the block
       "Out: the type information (calls s:Match_data)
       " Should be called in the annotation buffer
-    function! s:Extract_type_data(block_pattern)
-      call s:Enter_annotation_buffer()
+    function! s:Extract_type_data(block_pattern, annot_file_name)
+      let annot_file_path = s:annot_file_list[a:annot_file_name][0]
+      call s:Enter_annotation_buffer(annot_file_path)
       try
         if search(a:block_pattern,'e') == 0
           throw "no_annotation"
@@ -479,10 +501,10 @@ endfunction
       endtry
       return annotation
     endfun
-  
+
   "c. link this stuff with what the user wants
   " ie. get the expression selected/under the cursor
-    
+
     let s:ocaml_word_char = '\w|[<5B>-<2D>]|'''
 
       "In:  the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
@@ -527,19 +549,20 @@ endfunction
 
       "In:  the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
       "Out: the type information (calls s:Extract_type_data)
-    function! s:Get_type(mode)
+    function! s:Get_type(mode, annot_file_name)
       let [lin1,lin2,col1,col2] = s:Match_borders(a:mode)
-      return s:Extract_type_data(s:Block_pattern(lin1,lin2,col1,col2))
+      return s:Extract_type_data(s:Block_pattern(lin1,lin2,col1,col2), a:annot_file_name)
     endfun
-  
+
   "d. main
       "In:         the current mode (eg. "visual", "normal", etc.)
       "After call: the type information is displayed
     if !exists("*Ocaml_get_type")
       function Ocaml_get_type(mode)
+        let annot_file_name = s:Fnameescape(expand('%:t:r')).'.annot'
         call s:Locate_annotation()
-        call s:Load_annotation()
-        return s:Get_type(a:mode)
+        call s:Load_annotation(annot_file_name)
+        return s:Get_type(a:mode, annot_file_name)
       endfun
     endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/postscr.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:     PostScript
-" Maintainer:   Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>
-" Last Change:  27th June 2002
+" Language:	PostScript
+" Maintainer:	Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>
+" Last Change:  16th January 2012
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " PS comment formatting
 setlocal comments=b:%
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=rol
@@ -21,11 +24,12 @@ if !exists("b:match_words")
   let b:match_words = '<<:>>,\<begin\>:\<end\>,\<save\>:\<restore\>,\<gsave\>:\<grestore\>'
 endif
 
-set cpo-=C
-
 " Define patterns for the browse file filter
 if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
   let b:browsefilter = "PostScript Files (*.ps)\t*.ps\n" .
     \ "EPS Files (*.eps)\t*.eps\n" .
     \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/scheme.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,32 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:      Scheme
 " Maintainer:    Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
-" URL:		 http://iamphet.nm.ru/vim
+" URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
 " Original author:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " Original URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Nov 22, 2004
+" Last Change:   Jan 9, 2012
 
-runtime! ftplugin/lisp.vim ftplugin/lisp_*.vim ftplugin/lisp/*.vim
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
 
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" Copy-paste from ftplugin/lisp.vim
+setl comments=:;
+setl define=^\\s*(def\\k*
+setl formatoptions-=t
+setl iskeyword+=+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
+setl lisp
+
+" make comments behaviour like in c.vim
+" e.g. insertion of ;;; and ;; on normal "O" or "o" when staying in comment
+setl comments^=:;;;,:;;,sr:#\|,mb:\|,ex:\|#
+setl formatoptions+=croql
+
+" Scheme-specific settings
 if exists("b:is_mzscheme") || exists("is_mzscheme")
     " improve indenting
     setl iskeyword+=#,%,^

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,16 @@
 " Plugin to update the %changelog section of RPM spec files
 " Filename: spec.vim
 " Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com>
-" Last Change: Wed, 10 Apr 2002 16:28:52 -0300
+" Last Change: 2011 Dec 25 by Thilo Six
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_spec_maps")
 	if !hasmapto("<Plug>SpecChangelog")
 		map <buffer> <LocalLeader>c <Plug>SpecChangelog
@@ -166,3 +169,6 @@ let b:match_words =
   \ '^Name:^%description:^%clean:^%setup:^%build:^%install:^%files:' .
   \ '^%package:^%preun:^%postun:^%changelog'
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+

runtime/ftplugin/vhdl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " VHDL filetype plugin
 " Language:    VHDL
-" Maintainer:  R.Shankar <shankar.r?freescale.com>
+" Maintainer:  R.Shankar <shankar.pec?gmail.com>
 " Modified By: Gerald Lai <laigera+vim?gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2006 Feb 16
+" Last Change: 2011 Dec 11
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " Set 'formatoptions' to break comment lines but not other lines,
 " and insert the comment leader when hitting <CR> or using "o".
 "setlocal fo-=t fo+=croqlm1
@@ -22,8 +25,6 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 " Format comments to be up to 78 characters long
 "setlocal tw=75
 
-set cpo-=C
-
 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog
 "if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
 "  let b:browsefilter = "Verilog Source Files (*.v)\t*.v\n" .
@@ -82,3 +83,6 @@ vnoremap <buffer><silent>[[ :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper('[[')<CR>
 vnoremap <buffer><silent>]] :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper(']]')<CR>
 vnoremap <buffer><silent>[] :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper('[]')<CR>
 vnoremap <buffer><silent>][ :<C-u>cal <SID>CountWrapper('][')<CR>
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugof.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 " Vim support file to switch off loading plugins for file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2002 Apr 04
+" Last Change:	2011 Oct 20
 
 if exists("did_load_ftplugin")
   unlet did_load_ftplugin
 endif
 
-" Remove all autocommands in the filetypeplugin group
-silent! au! filetypeplugin *
+" Remove all autocommands in the filetypeplugin group, if any exist.
+if exists("#filetypeplugin")
+  silent! au! filetypeplugin *
+endif

runtime/indent/awk.vim

@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 " 26-04-2002 Got initial version working reasonably well
 " 29-04-2002 Fixed problems in function headers and max line width
 "	     Added support for two-line if's without curly braces
+" Fixed hang: 2011 Aug 31
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ function! GetAwkIndent()
 
    " Case 1
    if prev_data =~ ')' && brace_balance < 0
-      while brace_balance != 0
+      while brace_balance != 0 && prev_lineno > 0
 	 let prev_lineno = s:Get_prev_line( prev_lineno )
 	 let prev_data = getline( prev_lineno )
 	 let brace_balance=brace_balance+s:Get_brace_balance(prev_data,'(',')' )
@@ -188,6 +189,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:Seems_continuing( line )
   " Unfinished lines
+  if a:line =~ '\(--\|++\)\s*$'
+    return 0
+  endif
   if a:line =~ '[\\,\|\&\+\-\*\%\^]\s*$'
     return 1
   endif

runtime/indent/dtd.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	    DTD (Document Type Definition for XML)
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2010-09-21
+" Latest Revision:  2011-07-08
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ function s:indent_to_innermost_parentheses(line, end)
   let end = a:end
   let parentheses = [end - 1]
   while token != ""
-    let [token, end] = s:lex(a:line, end, '^\%([(),|]\|[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+\|#PCDATA\|%[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+;\)[?*+]\=')
+    let [token, end] = s:lex(a:line, end, '^\%([(),|]\|[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+\|#P\=CDATA\|%[A-Za-z0-9_-]\+;\)[?*+]\=')
     if token[0] == '('
       call add(parentheses, end - 1)
     elseif token[0] == ')'

runtime/indent/erlang.vim

@@ -1,128 +1,144 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     Erlang
-" Maintainer:   Csaba Hoch <csaba.hoch@gmail.com>
-" Contributor:  Edwin Fine <efine145_nospam01 at usa dot net>
-" Last Change:  2008 Mar 12
+" Author:       Csaba Hoch <csaba.hoch@gmail.com>
+" Contributors: Edwin Fine <efine145_nospam01 at usa dot net>
+"               Pawel 'kTT' Salata <rockplayer.pl@gmail.com>
+"               Ricardo Catalinas Jiménez <jimenezrick@gmail.com>
+" License:      Vim license
+" Version:      2011/09/06
 
-" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded
 if exists("b:did_indent")
-  finish
+    finish
+else
+    let b:did_indent = 1
 endif
-let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal indentexpr=ErlangIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys+==after,=end,=catch,=),=],=}
 
-" Only define the functions once.
+" Only define the functions once
 if exists("*ErlangIndent")
-   finish
+    finish
 endif
 
-" The function go through the whole line, analyses it and sets the indentation
-" (ind variable).
-" l: the number of the line to be examined.
-function s:ErlangIndentAtferLine(l)
-    let i = 0 " the index of the current character in the line
-    let length = strlen(a:l) " the length of the line
+" The function goes through the whole line, analyses it and returns the
+" indentation level.
+"
+" line: the line to be examined
+" return: the indentation level of the examined line
+function s:ErlangIndentAfterLine(line)
+    let linelen = strlen(a:line) " the length of the line
+    let i       = 0 " the index of the current character in the line
     let ind = 0 " how much should be the difference between the indentation of
                 " the current line and the indentation of the next line?
                 " e.g. +1: the indentation of the next line should be equal to
                 " the indentation of the current line plus one shiftwidth
-    let lastFun = 0 " the last token was a 'fun'
-    let lastReceive = 0 " the last token was a 'receive'; needed for 'after'
-    let lastHashMark = 0 " the last token was a 'hashmark'
+    let last_fun      = 0 " the last token was a 'fun'
+    let last_receive  = 0 " the last token was a 'receive'; needed for 'after'
+    let last_hash_sym = 0 " the last token was a '#'
 
-    while 0<= i && i < length
+    " Ignore comments
+    if a:line =~# '^\s*%'
+        return 0
+    endif
 
+    " Partial function head where the guard is missing
+    if a:line =~# "\\(^\\l[[:alnum:]_]*\\)\\|\\(^'[^']\\+'\\)(" && a:line !~# '->'
+        return 2
+    endif
+
+    " The missing guard from the split function head
+    if a:line =~# '^\s*when\s\+.*->'
+        return -1
+    endif
+
+    while 0<=i && i<linelen
         " m: the next value of the i
-        if a:l[i] == '%'
-            break
-        elseif a:l[i] == '"'
-            let m = matchend(a:l,'"\%([^"\\]\|\\.\)*"',i)
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] == "'"
-            let m = matchend(a:l,"'[^']*'",i)
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] =~# "[a-z]"
-            let m = matchend(a:l,".[[:alnum:]_]*",i)
-            if lastFun
+        if a:line[i] == '"'
+            let m = matchend(a:line,'"\%([^"\\]\|\\.\)*"',i)
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] == "'"
+            let m = matchend(a:line,"'[^']*'",i)
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] =~# "[a-z]"
+            let m = matchend(a:line,".[[:alnum:]_]*",i)
+            if last_fun
                 let ind = ind - 1
-                let lastFun = 0
-                let lastReceive = 0
-            elseif a:l[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^\%(case\|if\|try\)$'
+                let last_fun = 0
+                let last_receive = 0
+            elseif a:line[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^\%(case\|if\|try\)$'
                 let ind = ind + 1
-            elseif a:l[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^receive$'
+            elseif a:line[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^receive$'
                 let ind = ind + 1
-                let lastReceive = 1
-            elseif a:l[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^begin$'
+                let last_receive = 1
+            elseif a:line[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^begin$'
                 let ind = ind + 2
-                let lastReceive = 0
-            elseif a:l[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^end$'
+                let last_receive = 0
+            elseif a:line[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^end$'
                 let ind = ind - 2
-                let lastReceive = 0
-            elseif a:l[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^after$'
-                if lastReceive == 0
+                let last_receive = 0
+            elseif a:line[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^after$'
+                if last_receive == 0
                     let ind = ind - 1
                 else
                     let ind = ind + 0
-                end
-                let lastReceive = 0
-            elseif a:l[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^fun$'
+                endif
+                let last_receive = 0
+            elseif a:line[(i):(m-1)] =~# '^fun$'
                 let ind = ind + 1
-                let lastFun = 1
-                let lastReceive = 0
+                let last_fun = 1
+                let last_receive = 0
             endif
-        elseif a:l[i] =~# "[A-Z_]"
-            let m = matchend(a:l,".[[:alnum:]_]*",i)
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] == '$'
+        elseif a:line[i] =~# "[A-Z_]"
+            let m = matchend(a:line,".[[:alnum:]_]*",i)
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] == '$'
             let m = i+2
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] == "." && (i+1>=length || a:l[i+1]!~ "[0-9]")
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] == "." && (i+1>=linelen || a:line[i+1]!~ "[0-9]")
             let m = i+1
-            if lastHashMark
-                let lastHashMark = 0
+            if last_hash_sym
+                let last_hash_sym = 0
             else
                 let ind = ind - 1
-            end
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] == '-' && (i+1<length && a:l[i+1]=='>')
+            endif
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] == '-' && (i+1<linelen && a:line[i+1]=='>')
             let m = i+2
             let ind = ind + 1
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] == ';'
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] == ';' && a:line[(i):(linelen)] !~# '.*->.*'
             let m = i+1
             let ind = ind - 1
-            let lastReceive = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] == '#'
+            let last_receive = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] == '#'
             let m = i+1
-            let lastHashMark = 1
-        elseif a:l[i] =~# '[({[]'
+            let last_hash_sym = 1
+        elseif a:line[i] =~# '[({[]'
             let m = i+1
             let ind = ind + 1
-            let lastFun = 0
-            let lastReceive = 0
-            let lastHashMark = 0
-        elseif a:l[i] =~# '[)}\]]'
+            let last_fun = 0
+            let last_receive = 0
+            let last_hash_sym = 0
+        elseif a:line[i] =~# '[)}\]]'
             let m = i+1
             let ind = ind - 1
-            let lastReceive = 0
+            let last_receive = 0
         else
             let m = i+1
         endif
 
         let i = m
-
     endwhile
 
     return ind
-
 endfunction
 
 function s:FindPrevNonBlankNonComment(lnum)
     let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
     let line = getline(lnum)
-    " continue to search above if the current line begins with a '%'
+    " Continue to search above if the current line begins with a '%'
     while line =~# '^\s*%.*$'
         let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
         if 0 == lnum
@@ -133,12 +149,20 @@ function s:FindPrevNonBlankNonComment(lnum)
     return lnum
 endfunction
 
-function ErlangIndent()
+" The function returns the indentation level of the line adjusted to a mutiple
+" of 'shiftwidth' option.
+"
+" lnum: line number
+" return: the indentation level of the line
+function s:GetLineIndent(lnum)
+    return (indent(a:lnum) / &sw) * &sw
+endfunction
 
-    " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
+function ErlangIndent()
+    " Find a non-blank line above the current line
     let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
 
-    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent
     if lnum == 0
         return 0
     endif
@@ -146,9 +170,14 @@ function ErlangIndent()
     let prevline = getline(lnum)
     let currline = getline(v:lnum)
 
-    let ind = indent(lnum) + &sw * s:ErlangIndentAtferLine(prevline)
+    let ind_after = s:ErlangIndentAfterLine(prevline)
+    if ind_after != 0
+        let ind = s:GetLineIndent(lnum) + ind_after * &sw
+    else
+        let ind = indent(lnum) + ind_after * &sw
+    endif
 
-    " special cases:
+    " Special cases:
     if prevline =~# '^\s*\%(after\|end\)\>'
         let ind = ind + 2*&sw
     endif
@@ -158,8 +187,8 @@ function ErlangIndent()
     if currline =~# '^\s*after\>'
         let plnum = s:FindPrevNonBlankNonComment(v:lnum-1)
         if getline(plnum) =~# '^[^%]*\<receive\>\s*\%(%.*\)\=$'
-            let ind = ind - 1*&sw
             " If the 'receive' is not in the same line as the 'after'
+            let ind = ind - 1*&sw
         else
             let ind = ind - 2*&sw
         endif
@@ -181,26 +210,4 @@ function ErlangIndent()
         let ind = 0
     endif
     return ind
-
 endfunction
-
-" TODO:
-" 
-" f() ->
-"     x("foo
-"         bar")
-"         ,
-"         bad_indent.
-"
-" fun
-"     init/0,
-"     bad_indent
-"
-"     #rec
-"     .field,
-" bad_indent
-"
-" case X of
-"     1 when A; B ->
-"     bad_indent
-

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -153,4 +153,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent()
     return ind + chg
 endfunction
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim: set sw=4 sts=4 et tw=80 :

runtime/indent/fortran.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Fortran95 (and Fortran90, Fortran77, F and elf90)
-" Version:	0.39
-" Last Change:	2011 May 30
+" Version:	0.40
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec. 28
 " Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-indent from Vim
 
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ if exists("b:did_indent")
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
+let s:cposet=&cpoptions
+set cpoptions&vim
+
 setlocal indentkeys+==~end,=~case,=~if,=~else,=~do,=~where,=~elsewhere,=~select
 setlocal indentkeys+==~endif,=~enddo,=~endwhere,=~endselect,=~elseif
 setlocal indentkeys+==~type,=~interface,=~forall,=~associate,=~block,=~enum
@@ -67,9 +70,6 @@ else
   endif
 endif
 
-let s:cposet=&cpoptions
-set cpoptions-=C
-
 function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   let ind = indent(a:lnum)
   let prevline=getline(a:lnum)

runtime/indent/gitolite.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	gitolite configuration
+" URL:		https://github.com/tmatilai/gitolite.vim
+" Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>
+" Last Change:	2011-12-24
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetGitoliteIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=o,O,*<Return>,!^F,=repo,\",=
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetGitoliteIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+function! GetGitoliteIndent()
+  let prevln = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
+  let pline = getline(prevln)
+  let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*\(C\|R\|RW\|RW+\|RWC\|RW+C\|RWD\|RW+D\|RWCD\|RW+CD\|-\)[ \t=]'
+    return &sw
+  elseif cline =~ '^\s*config\s'
+    return &sw
+  elseif pline =~ '^\s*repo\s' && cline =~ '^\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
+    return &sw
+  elseif cline =~ '^\s*#'
+    return indent(prevln)
+  elseif cline =~ '^\s*$'
+    return -1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/java.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Java
-" Maintainer:	Toby Allsopp <toby.allsopp@peace.com> (resigned)
-" Last Change:	2005 Mar 28
+" Previous Maintainer: Toby Allsopp <toby.allsopp@peace.com>
+" Current Maintainer: Hong Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 20
+" Version: 1.0
+" License: Same as Vim.
+" Copyright (c) 2012 Hong Xu
+" Before 2012, this file is maintained by Toby Allsopp.
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -60,6 +65,13 @@ function GetJavaIndent()
 
   " find start of previous line, in case it was a continuation line
   let lnum = SkipJavaBlanksAndComments(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  " If the previous line starts with '@', we should have the same indent as
+  " the previous one
+  if getline(lnum) =~ '^\s*@\S\+\s*$'
+    return indent(lnum)
+  endif
+
   let prev = lnum
   while prev > 1
     let next_prev = SkipJavaBlanksAndComments(prev - 1)

runtime/indent/lisp.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Lisp
 " Maintainer:    Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
-" URL:		 http://iamphet.nm.ru/vim
-" Last Change:	2005 May 19
+" URL:		 http://sites.google.com/site/khorser/opensource/vim
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 10
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")

runtime/indent/ocaml.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:     OCaml
-" Maintainers:	Jean-Francois Yuen   <jfyuen@happycoders.org>
-"		Mike Leary	     <leary@nwlink.com>
-"		Markus Mottl	     <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
-" URL:		http://www.ocaml.info/vim/indent/ocaml.vim
-" Last Change:  2005 Jun 25 - Fixed multiple bugs due to 'else\nreturn ind' working
-"		2005 May 09 - Added an option to not indent OCaml-indents specially (MM)
-"		2005 Apr 11 - Fixed an indentation bug concerning "let" (MM)
+" Maintainers:  Jean-Francois Yuen   <jfyuen@happycoders.org>
+"               Mike Leary           <leary@nwlink.com>
+"               Markus Mottl         <markus.mottl@gmail.com>
+" URL:          http://www.ocaml.info/vim/indent/ocaml.vim
+" Last Change:  2010 Sep 04 - Added an indentation improvement by Mark Weber
+"               2005 Jun 25 - Fixed multiple bugs due to 'else\nreturn ind' working
+"               2005 May 09 - Added an option to not indent OCaml-indents specially (MM)
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ let s:obj = '^\s*\(constraint\|inherit\|initializer\|method\|val\)\>\|\<\(object
 let s:type = '^\s*\%(class\|let\|type\)\>.*='
 
 " Skipping pattern, for comments
-function s:GetLineWithoutFullComment(lnum)
+function! s:GetLineWithoutFullComment(lnum)
  let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
  let lline = substitute(getline(lnum), '(\*.*\*)\s*$', '', '')
  while lline =~ '^\s*$' && lnum > 0
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ function s:GetLineWithoutFullComment(lnum)
 endfunction
 
 " Indent for ';;' to match multiple 'let'
-function s:GetInd(lnum, pat, lim)
+function! s:GetInd(lnum, pat, lim)
  let llet = search(a:pat, 'bW')
  let old = indent(a:lnum)
  while llet > 0
@@ -70,18 +70,18 @@ function s:GetInd(lnum, pat, lim)
 endfunction
 
 " Indent pairs
-function s:FindPair(pstart, pmid, pend)
+function! s:FindPair(pstart, pmid, pend)
  call search(a:pend, 'bW')
  return indent(searchpair(a:pstart, a:pmid, a:pend, 'bWn', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"'))
 endfunction
 
 " Indent 'let'
-function s:FindLet(pstart, pmid, pend)
+function! s:FindLet(pstart, pmid, pend)
  call search(a:pend, 'bW')
  return indent(searchpair(a:pstart, a:pmid, a:pend, 'bWn', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment" || getline(".") =~ "^\\s*let\\>.*=.*\\<in\\s*$" || getline(prevnonblank(".") - 1) =~ s:beflet'))
 endfunction
 
-function GetOCamlIndent()
+function! GetOCamlIndent()
  " Find a non-commented line above the current line.
  let lnum = s:GetLineWithoutFullComment(v:lnum)
 
@@ -239,6 +239,20 @@ function GetOCamlIndent()
  elseif lline =~ '^\s*(\*' && line =~ '^\s*\*'
    let ind = ind + 1
 
+ else
+ " Don't change indentation of this line
+ " for new lines (indent==0) use indentation of previous line
+
+ " This is for preventing removing indentation of these args:
+ "   let f x =
+ "     let y = x + 1 in
+ "     Printf.printf
+ "       "o"           << here
+ "       "oeuth"       << don't touch indentation
+
+   let i = indent(v:lnum)
+   return i == 0 ? ind : i
+
  endif
 
  " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' after lines matching 'match ... with parser':

runtime/indent/r.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	R
+" Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Fri Oct 14, 2011  09:50PM
+
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_r_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_r_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentexpr=GetRIndent()
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetRIndent")
+    finish
+endif
+
+" Options to make the indentation more similar to Emacs/ESS:
+if !exists("g:r_indent_align_args")
+    let g:r_indent_align_args = 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:r_indent_ess_comments")
+    let g:r_indent_ess_comments = 0
+endif
+if !exists("g:r_indent_comment_column")
+    let g:r_indent_comment_column = 40
+endif
+if ! exists("g:r_indent_ess_compatible")
+    let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+endif
+
+function s:RDelete_quotes(line)
+    let i = 0
+    let j = 0
+    let line1 = ""
+    let llen = strlen(a:line)
+    while i < llen
+        if a:line[i] == '"'
+            let i += 1
+            let line1 = line1 . 's'
+            while !(a:line[i] == '"' && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
+                let i += 1
+            endwhile
+            if a:line[i] == '"'
+                let i += 1
+            endif
+        else
+            if a:line[i] == "'"
+                let i += 1
+                let line1 = line1 . 's'
+                while !(a:line[i] == "'" && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
+                    let i += 1
+                endwhile
+                if a:line[i] == "'"
+                    let i += 1
+                endif
+            else
+                if a:line[i] == "`"
+                    let i += 1
+                    let line1 = line1 . 's'
+                    while a:line[i] != "`" && i < llen
+                        let i += 1
+                    endwhile
+                    if a:line[i] == "`"
+                        let i += 1
+                    endif
+                endif
+            endif
+        endif
+        if i == llen
+            break
+        endif
+        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+        let j += 1
+        let i += 1
+    endwhile
+    return line1
+endfunction
+
+" Convert foo(bar()) int foo()
+function s:RDelete_parens(line)
+    if s:Get_paren_balance(a:line, "(", ")") != 0
+        return a:line
+    endif
+    let i = 0
+    let j = 0
+    let line1 = ""
+    let llen = strlen(a:line)
+    while i < llen
+        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+        if a:line[i] == '('
+            let nop = 1
+            while nop > 0 && i < llen
+                let i += 1
+                if a:line[i] == ')'
+                    let nop -= 1
+                else
+                    if a:line[i] == '('
+                        let nop += 1 
+                    endif
+                endif
+            endwhile
+            let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+        endif
+        let i += 1
+    endwhile
+    return line1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Get_paren_balance(line, o, c)
+    let line2 = substitute(a:line, a:o, "", "g")
+    let openp = strlen(a:line) - strlen(line2)
+    let line3 = substitute(line2, a:c, "", "g")
+    let closep = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+    return openp - closep
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Get_matching_brace(linenr, o, c, delbrace)
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+    if a:delbrace == 1
+        let line = substitute(line, '{$', "", "")
+    endif
+    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, a:o, a:c)
+    let i = a:linenr
+    while pb != 0 && i > 1
+        let i -= 1
+        let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(SanitizeRLine(getline(i)), a:o, a:c)
+    endwhile
+    return i
+endfunction
+
+" This function is buggy because there 'if's without 'else'
+" It must be rewritten relying more on indentation
+function! s:Get_matching_if(linenr, delif)
+"    let filenm = expand("%")
+"    call writefile([filenm], "/tmp/matching_if_" . a:linenr)
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+    if a:delif
+        let line = substitute(line, "if", "", "g")
+    endif
+    let elsenr = 0
+    let i = a:linenr
+    let ifhere = 0
+    while i > 0
+        let line2 = substitute(line, '\<else\>', "xxx", "g")
+        let elsenr += strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+        if line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()' || line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()'
+            let elsenr -= 1
+            if elsenr == 0
+                let ifhere = i
+                break
+            endif
+        endif
+        let i -= 1
+        let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(i))
+    endwhile
+    if ifhere
+        return ifhere
+    else
+        return a:linenr
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, o, c, pb)
+    let blc = a:pb
+    let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+    let theidx = -1
+    let llen = strlen(line)
+    let idx = 0
+    while idx < llen
+        if line[idx] == a:o
+            let blc -= 1
+            if blc == 0
+                let theidx = idx
+            endif
+        else
+            if line[idx] == a:c
+                let blc += 1
+            endif
+        endif
+        let idx += 1
+    endwhile
+    return theidx + 1
+endfunction
+
+" Get previous relevant line. Search back until getting a line that isn't
+" comment or blank
+function s:Get_prev_line(lineno)
+    let lnum = a:lineno - 1
+    let data = getline( lnum )
+    while lnum > 0 && (data =~ '^\s*#' || data =~ '^\s*$')
+        let lnum = lnum - 1
+        let data = getline( lnum )
+    endwhile
+    return lnum
+endfunction
+
+" This function is also used by r-plugin/common_global.vim
+" Delete from '#' to the end of the line, unless the '#' is inside a string.
+function SanitizeRLine(line)
+    let newline = s:RDelete_quotes(a:line)
+    let newline = s:RDelete_parens(newline)
+    let newline = substitute(newline, '#.*', "", "")
+    let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
+    return newline
+endfunction
+
+function GetRIndent()
+
+    let clnum = line(".")    " current line
+
+    let cline = getline(clnum)
+    if cline =~ '^\s*#'
+        if g:r_indent_ess_comments == 1
+            if cline =~ '^\s*###'
+                return 0
+            endif
+            if cline !~ '^\s*##'
+                return g:r_indent_comment_column
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let cline = SanitizeRLine(cline)
+
+    if cline =~ '^\s*}' || cline =~ '^\s*}\s*)$'
+        let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(clnum, '{', '}', 1)
+        if indline > 0 && indline != clnum
+            let iline = SanitizeRLine(getline(indline))
+            if s:Get_paren_balance(iline, "(", ")") == 0 || iline =~ '(\s*{$'
+                return indent(indline)
+            else
+                let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(indline, '(', ')', 1)
+                return indent(indline)
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    " Find the first non blank line above the current line
+    let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(clnum)
+    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+    if lnum == 0
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+
+    if &filetype == "rhelp"
+        if cline =~ '^\\dontshow{' || cline =~ '^\\dontrun{' || cline =~ '^\\donttest{' || cline =~ '^\\testonly{'
+            return 0
+        endif
+        if line =~ '^\\examples{' || line =~ '^\\usage{' || line =~ '^\\dontshow{' || line =~ '^\\dontrun{' || line =~ '^\\donttest{' || line =~ '^\\testonly{'
+            return 0
+        endif
+        if line =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}(.*'
+            let line = substitute(line, '^\\method{\(.*\)}{.*}', '\1', "")
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+        if g:r_indent_ess_compatible && line =~ ')$'
+            let nlnum = lnum
+            let nline = line
+            while s:Get_paren_balance(nline, '(', ')') < 0
+                let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
+                let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
+            endwhile
+            if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
+                return 0
+            endif
+        endif
+        if s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+            return indent(lnum)
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    " line is an incomplete command:
+    if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$'
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    endif
+
+    " Deal with () and []
+
+    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+
+    if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    endif
+
+    let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
+
+    let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
+    if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
+
+        if pb == 0 && bb == 0 && (line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$' || cline =~ '^\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]')
+            return indent(lnum)
+        endif
+
+        if pb > 0
+            if &filetype == "rhelp"
+                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb)
+            else
+                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '(', ')', pb)
+            endif
+            return ind
+        endif
+
+        if pb < 0 && line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+            while pb < 1 && lnum > 0
+                let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+                let line = substitute(line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+                let ind = strlen(line)
+                while ind > 0
+                    if line[ind] == ')'
+                        let pb -= 1
+                    else
+                        if line[ind] == '('
+                            let pb += 1
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                    if pb == 1
+                        return ind + 1
+                    endif
+                    let ind -= 1
+                endwhile
+                let lnum -= 1
+            endwhile
+            return 0
+        endif
+
+        if bb > 0
+            let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '[', ']', bb)
+            return ind
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let post_block = 0
+    if line =~ '}$'
+        let lnum = s:Get_matching_brace(lnum, '{', '}', 0)
+        let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+        if lnum > 0 && line =~ '^\s*{'
+            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+            let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+        endif
+        let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+        let post_block = 1
+    endif
+
+    let post_fun = 0
+    if pb < 0 && line !~ ')\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+        let post_fun = 1
+        while pb < 0 && lnum > 0
+            let lnum -= 1
+            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+            let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+            let line = linepiece . line
+        endwhile
+        if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
+            return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        endif
+
+        " Now we can do some tests again
+        if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+            return indent(lnum)
+        endif
+        if post_block == 0
+            let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
+            if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
+                return indent(lnum) + &sw
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if cline =~ '^\s*else'
+        if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
+            return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        else
+            if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
+                return indent(lnum)
+            else
+                return indent(lnum) - &sw
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    if bb < 0 && line =~ '.*]'
+        while bb < 0 && lnum > 0
+            let lnum -= 1
+            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+            let bb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "[", "]")
+            let line = linepiece . line
+        endwhile
+        let line = s:RDelete_parens(line)
+    endif
+
+    let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+    let ppost_else = 0
+    if plnum > 0
+        let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+        let ppost_block = 0
+        if pline =~ '}$'
+            let ppost_block = 1
+            let plnum = s:Get_matching_brace(plnum, '{', '}', 0)
+            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+            if pline =~ '^\s*{$' && plnum > 0
+                let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+                let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+            endif
+        endif
+
+        if pline =~ 'else$'
+            let ppost_else = 1
+            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 0)
+            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+        endif
+
+        if pline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*('
+            let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+            let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+            while ppline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*(' || ppline =~ '^\s*if\s*()\s*\S$'
+                let plnum = pplnum
+                let pline = ppline
+                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+            endwhile
+            while ppline =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || ppline =~ '\<else$' || ppline =~ '<-$'
+                let plnum = pplnum
+                let pline = ppline
+                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+            endwhile
+        endif
+
+        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+        if ppb < 0 && (pline =~ ')\s*{$' || pline =~ ')$')
+            while ppb < 0 && plnum > 0
+                let plnum -= 1
+                let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+                let ppb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+                let pline = linepiece . pline
+            endwhile
+            let pline = s:RDelete_parens(pline)
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+    let pind = indent(plnum)
+
+    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
+        let ind += pb * &sw
+        return ind
+    endif
+
+    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && bb != 0
+        let ind += bb * &sw
+        return ind
+    endif
+
+    if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
+        return ind
+    endif
+
+    let pline = getline(plnum)
+    let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+
+    while pind < ind && plnum > 0 && ppb == 0 && pbb == 0
+        let ind = pind
+        let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let pline = getline(plnum)
+        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+        let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+        while pline =~ '^\s*else'
+            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 1)
+            let pline = getline(plnum)
+            let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+            let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+        endwhile
+        let pind = indent(plnum)
+        if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
+            return ind
+        endif
+    endwhile
+
+    return ind
+
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=4

runtime/indent/rst.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:         reStructuredText Documentation Format
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-12-20
+" Latest Revision:  2011-08-03
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ if exists("*GetRSTIndent")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:itemization_pattern = '^\s*[-*+]\s'
+let s:enumeration_pattern = '^\s*\%(\d\+\|#\)\.\s\+'
+
 function GetRSTIndent()
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
   if lnum == 0
@@ -25,27 +28,30 @@ function GetRSTIndent()
   let ind = indent(lnum)
   let line = getline(lnum)
 
-  if line =~ '^\s*[-*+]\s'
-    let ind = ind + 2
-  elseif line =~ '^\s*\d\+.\s'
-    let ind = ind + matchend(substitute(line, '^\s*', '', ''), '\d\+.\s\+')
+  if line =~ s:itemization_pattern
+    let ind += 2
+  elseif line =~ s:enumeration_pattern
+    let ind += matchend(line, s:enumeration_pattern)
   endif
 
   let line = getline(v:lnum - 1)
 
+  " Indent :FIELD: lines.  Don’t match if there is no text after the field or
+  " if the text ends with a sent-ender.
+   if line =~ '^:.\+:\s\{-1,\}\S.\+[^.!?:]$'
+     return matchend(line, '^:.\{-1,}:\s\+')
+   endif
+
   if line =~ '^\s*$'
     execute lnum
-    call search('^\s*\%([-*+]\s\|\d\+.\s\|\.\.\|$\)', 'bW')
+    call search('^\s*\%([-*+]\s\|\%(\d\+\|#\)\.\s\|\.\.\|$\)', 'bW')
     let line = getline('.')
-    if line =~ '^\s*[-*+]'
-      let ind = ind - 2
-    elseif line =~ '^\s*\d\+\.\s'
-      let ind = ind - matchend(substitute(line, '^\s*', '', ''),
-            \ '\d\+\.\s\+')
+    if line =~ s:itemization_pattern
+      let ind -= 2
+    elseif line =~ s:enumeration_pattern
+      let ind -= matchend(line, s:enumeration_pattern)
     elseif line =~ '^\s*\.\.'
-      let ind = ind - 3
-    else
-      let ind = ind
+      let ind -= 3
     endif
   endif
 

runtime/indent/sdl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	SDL
-" Maintainer:	Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
-" Last Change:	2001 Sep 17
+" Maintainer:	Michael Piefel <entwurf@piefel.de>
+" Last Change:	10 December 2011
 
 " Shamelessly stolen from the Vim-Script indent file
 
@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ if exists("*GetSDLIndent")
 "  finish
 endif
 
-set cpo-=C
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 function! GetSDLIndent()
   " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
@@ -86,4 +87,7 @@ function! GetSDLIndent()
   return ind
 endfunction
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/tcsh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		C-shell (tcsh)
-" Maintainer:		Gautam Iyer <gautam@math.uchicago.edu>
-" Last Modified:	Sat 16 Jun 2007 04:27:45 PM PDT
+" Maintainer:		GI <a@b.c>, where a='gi1242+vim', b='gmail', c='com'
+" Last Modified:	Sat 10 Dec 2011 09:23:00 AM EST
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@ if exists("*TcshGetIndent")
     finish
 endif
 
-set cpoptions-=C
-
 function TcshGetIndent()
     " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
     let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)

runtime/indent/tex.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:     LaTeX
+" Maintainer:   Zhou YiChao <broken.zhou@gmail.com>
+" Created:      Sat, 16 Feb 2002 16:50:19 +0100
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 24
+" Last Update:  25th Sep 2002, by LH :
+"               (*) better support for the option
+"               (*) use some regex instead of several '||'.
+"               Oct 9th, 2003, by JT:
+"               (*) don't change indentation of lines starting with '%'
+"               2005/06/15, Moshe Kaminsky <kaminsky@math.huji.ac.il>
+"               (*) New variables:
+"                   g:tex_items, g:tex_itemize_env, g:tex_noindent_env
+"               2011/3/6, by Zhou YiChao <broken.zhou@gmail.com>
+"               (*) Don't change indentation of lines starting with '%'
+"                   I don't see any code with '%' and it doesn't work properly
+"                   so I add some code.
+"               (*) New features: Add smartindent-like indent for "{}" and  "[]".
+"               (*) New variables: g:tex_indent_brace
+"               2011/9/25, by Zhou Yichao <broken.zhou@gmail.com>
+"               (*) Bug fix: smartindent-like indent for "[]"
+"               (*) New features: Align with "&".
+"               (*) New variable: g:tex_indent_and
+"               2011/10/23 by Zhou Yichao <broken.zhou@gmail.com>
+"               (*) Bug fix: improve the smartindent-like indent for "{}" and
+"               "[]".
+"
+" Version: 0.62
+
+" Options: {{{
+"
+" To set the following options (ok, currently it's just one), add a line like
+"   let g:tex_indent_items = 1
+" to your ~/.vimrc.
+"
+" * g:tex_indent_brace
+"
+"   If this variable is unset or non-zero, it will use smartindent-like style
+"   for "{}" and "[]"
+"
+" * g:tex_indent_items
+"
+"   If this variable is set, item-environments are indented like Emacs does
+"   it, i.e., continuation lines are indented with a shiftwidth.
+"
+"   NOTE: I've already set the variable below; delete the corresponding line
+"   if you don't like this behaviour.
+"
+"   Per default, it is unset.
+"
+"              set                                unset
+"   ----------------------------------------------------------------
+"       \begin{itemize}                      \begin{itemize}
+"         \item blablabla                      \item blablabla
+"           bla bla bla                        bla bla bla
+"         \item blablabla                      \item blablabla
+"           bla bla bla                        bla bla bla
+"       \end{itemize}                        \end{itemize}
+"
+"
+" * g:tex_items
+"
+"   A list of tokens to be considered as commands for the beginning of an item
+"   command. The tokens should be separated with '\|'. The initial '\' should
+"   be escaped. The default is '\\bibitem\|\\item'.
+"
+" * g:tex_itemize_env
+"
+"   A list of environment names, separated with '\|', where the items (item
+"   commands matching g:tex_items) may appear. The default is
+"   'itemize\|description\|enumerate\|thebibliography'.
+"
+" * g:tex_noindent_env
+"
+"   A list of environment names. separated with '\|', where no indentation is
+"   required. The default is 'document\|verbatim'.
+"
+" * g:tex_indent_and
+"
+"   If this variable is unset or zero, vim will try to align the line with first
+"   "&". This is pretty useful when you use environment like table or align.
+"   Note that this feature need to search back some line, so vim may become
+"   a little slow.
+"
+" }}}
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" Delete the next line to avoid the special indention of items
+if !exists("g:tex_indent_items")
+    let g:tex_indent_items = 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:tex_indent_brace")
+    let g:tex_indent_brace = 1
+endif
+if !exists("g:tex_indent_and")
+    let g:tex_indent_and = 1
+endif
+if g:tex_indent_items
+    if !exists("g:tex_itemize_env")
+        let g:tex_itemize_env = 'itemize\|description\|enumerate\|thebibliography'
+    endif
+    if !exists('g:tex_items')
+        let g:tex_items = '\\bibitem\|\\item'
+    endif
+else
+    let g:tex_items = ''
+endif
+
+if !exists("g:tex_noindent_env")
+    let g:tex_noindent_env = 'document\|verbatim\|lstlisting'
+endif
+
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GetTeXIndent()
+exec 'setlocal indentkeys+=},],\&' . substitute(g:tex_items, '^\|\(\\|\)', ',=', 'g')
+let g:tex_items = '^\s*' . g:tex_items
+
+
+" Only define the function once
+if exists("*GetTeXIndent") | finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+function GetTeXIndent()
+    " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+    " Comment line is not what we need.
+    while lnum != 0 && getline(lnum) =~ '^\s*%'
+        let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+    endwhile
+
+    " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+    if lnum == 0
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    let line = getline(lnum)             " last line
+    let cline = getline(v:lnum)          " current line
+
+    " You want to align with "&"
+    if g:tex_indent_and
+        " Align with last line if last line has a "&"
+        if stridx(cline, "&") != -1 && stridx(line, "&") != -1
+            return indent(v:lnum) + stridx(line, "&") - stridx(cline, "&")
+        endif
+
+        " set line & lnum to the line which doesn't contain "&"
+        while lnum != 0 && (stridx(line, "&") != -1 || line =~ '^\s*%')
+            let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+            let line = getline(lnum)
+        endwhile
+    endif
+
+
+    if lnum == 0
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+
+    " New code for comment: retain the indent of current line
+    if cline =~ '^\s*%'
+        return indent(v:lnum)
+    endif
+
+    " Add a 'shiftwidth' after beginning of environments.
+    " Don't add it for \begin{document} and \begin{verbatim}
+    ""if line =~ '^\s*\\begin{\(.*\)}'  && line !~ 'verbatim'
+    " LH modification : \begin does not always start a line
+    " ZYC modification : \end after \begin won't cause wrong indent anymore
+    if line =~ '\\begin{.*}' && line !~ g:tex_noindent_env
+                \ && line !~ '\\begin{.\{-}}.*\\end{.*}'
+
+        let ind = ind + &sw
+
+        if g:tex_indent_items
+            " Add another sw for item-environments
+            if line =~ g:tex_itemize_env
+                let ind = ind + &sw
+            endif
+        endif
+    endif
+
+
+    " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' when an environment ends
+    if cline =~ '^\s*\\end' && cline !~ g:tex_noindent_env
+
+        if g:tex_indent_items
+            " Remove another sw for item-environments
+            if cline =~ g:tex_itemize_env
+                let ind = ind - &sw
+            endif
+        endif
+
+        let ind = ind - &sw
+    endif
+
+    if g:tex_indent_brace
+        " Add a 'shiftwidth' after a "{" or "[".
+        let sum1 = 0
+        for i in range(0, strlen(line)-1)
+            if line[i] == "}" || line[i] == "]"
+                let sum1 = max([0, sum1-1])
+            endif
+            if line[i] == "{" || line[i] == "["
+                let sum1 += 1
+            endif
+        endfor
+
+        let sum2 = 0
+        for i in reverse(range(0, strlen(cline)-1))
+            if cline[i] == "{" || cline[i] == "["
+                let sum2 = max([0, sum2-1])
+            endif
+            if cline[i] == "}" || cline[i] == "]"
+                let sum2 += 1
+            endif
+        endfor
+
+        let ind += (sum1 - sum2) * &sw
+    endif
+
+
+    " Special treatment for 'item'
+    " ----------------------------
+
+    if g:tex_indent_items
+
+        " '\item' or '\bibitem' itself:
+        if cline =~ g:tex_items
+            let ind = ind - &sw
+        endif
+
+        " lines following to '\item' are intented once again:
+        if line =~ g:tex_items
+            let ind = ind + &sw
+        endif
+
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: set sw=4 textwidth=80:

runtime/indent/verilog.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Language:     Verilog HDL
 " Maintainer:	Chih-Tsun Huang <cthuang@larc.ee.nthu.edu.tw>
-" Last Change:	Wed Oct 31 16:13:11 CST 2001
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 10 by Thilo Six
 " URL:		http://larc.ee.nthu.edu.tw/~cthuang/vim/indent/verilog.vim
 "
 " Credits:
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ if exists("*GetVerilogIndent")
   finish
 endif
 
-set cpo-=C
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 function GetVerilogIndent()
 
@@ -216,4 +217,7 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
   return ind
 endfunction
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/vhdl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " VHDL indent ('93 syntax)
 " Language:    VHDL
 " Maintainer:  Gerald Lai <laigera+vim?gmail.com>
-" Version:     1.56
-" Last Change: 2010 Jun 29
+" Version:     1.58
+" Last Change: 2011 Sep 27
 " URL:         http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1450
 
 " only load this indent file when no other was loaded
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
 
   " ****************************************************************************************
   " indent:   align generic variables & port names
-  " keywords: "generic", "map", "port" + "(", provided current line is part of mapping
+  " keywords: "procedure" + name, "generic", "map", "port" + "(", provided current line is part of mapping
   " where:    anywhere in previous 2 lines
   " find following previous non-comment line
   let pn = prevnonblank(prevn - 1)
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
     let pn = prevnonblank(pn - 1)
     let ps = getline(pn)
   endwhile
-  if (curs =~ '^\s*)' || curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\S\+\s*\%(=>\s*\S\+\|:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)\)') && (prevs =~? s:NC.'\<\%(generic\|map\|port\)\s*(\%(\s*\w\)\=' || (ps =~? s:NC.'\<\%(generic\|map\|port\)'.s:ES && prevs =~ '^\s*('))
+  if (curs =~ '^\s*)' || curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*\%(=>\s*\S\+\|:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)\)') && (prevs =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\s\+\S\+\|generic\|map\|port\)\s*(\%(\s*\w\)\=' || (ps =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)'.s:ES && prevs =~ '^\s*('))
     " align closing ")" with opening "("
     if curs =~ '^\s*)'
       return ind2 + stridx(prevs_noi, '(')
@@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
         " make sure one of these is true
         " keywords: variable + "<=" without ";" ending
         " where:    start of previous non-comment line
-        " keywords: "generic", "map", "port"
+        " keywords: "procedure", "generic", "map", "port"
         " where:    anywhere in previous non-comment line
         " keyword:  "("
         " where:    start of previous non-comment line
         if m < 3 && ps !~? '^\s*\S\+\s*<=[^;]*'.s:ES
-          if ps =~? s:NC.'\<\%(generic\|map\|port\)\>' || ps =~ '^\s*('
+          if ps =~? s:NC.'\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>' || ps =~ '^\s*('
             let ind = t
           endif
           break
@@ -207,14 +207,26 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
   " keyword:  "begin"
   " where:    anywhere in current line
   if curs =~? s:NC.'\<begin\>'
-    let ind = ind - &sw
     " find previous opening statement of
     " keywords: "architecture", "block", "entity", "function", "generate", "procedure", "process"
     let s2 = s:NC.s:NE.'\<\%(architecture\|block\|entity\|function\|generate\|procedure\|process\)\>'
-    if (curs !~? s2.'.*'.s:NC.'\<begin\>.*'.s:ES && prevs =~? s2) || m == 1
-      let ind = ind + &sw
+
+    let pn = prevnonblank(curn - 1)
+    let ps = getline(pn)
+    while pn > 0 && (ps =~ '^\s*--' || ps !~? s2)
+      let pn = prevnonblank(pn - 1)
+      let ps = getline(pn)
+
+      if (ps =~? s:NC.'\<begin\>')
+        return indent(pn) - &sw
+      endif
+    endwhile
+
+    if (pn == 0)
+      return ind - &sw
+    else
+      return indent(pn)
     endif
-    return ind
   endif
 
   " indent:   +sw if previous line is previous opening statement
@@ -319,8 +331,13 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
   " indent:   -sw
   " keywords: "else", "elsif", "end" + "block", "for", "function", "generate", "if", "loop", "procedure", "process", "record", "units"
   " where:    start of current line
-  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(else\|elsif\|end\s\+\%(block\|for\|function\|generate\|if\|loop\|procedure\|process\|record\|units\)\)\>'
-    return ind - &sw
+  let s5 = 'block\|for\|function\|generate\|if\|loop\|procedure\|process\|record\|units'
+  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(else\|elsif\|end\s\+\%('.s5.'\)\)\>'
+    if prevs =~? '^\s*\%(elsif\|'.s5.'\)'
+      return ind
+    else
+      return ind - &sw
+    endif
   endif
 
   " indent:   backtrace previous non-comment lines
@@ -395,9 +412,9 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
 
   " ****************************************************************************************
   " indent:   maintain indent of previous opening statement
-  " keywords: without "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + "in", "out", "inout", "buffer", "linkage", variable & ":="
+  " keywords: without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + "in", "out", "inout", "buffer", "linkage", variable & ":="
   " where:    start of current line
-  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\S\+\s*:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)'
+  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)'
     return ind2
   endif
 

runtime/plugin/getscriptPlugin.vim

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_getscriptPlugin")
  endif
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v33"
+let g:loaded_getscriptPlugin = "v34"
 let s:keepcpo                = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/plugin/matchparen.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for showing matching parens
 " Maintainer:  Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2010 Nov 16
+" Last Change: 2011 Aug 27
 
 " Exit quickly when:
 " - this plugin was already loaded (or disabled)
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ function! s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
   endif
 
   " When not in a string or comment ignore matches inside them.
-  " We match "escape" for special items, such as listpEscapeSpecial.
+  " We match "escape" for special items, such as lispEscapeSpecial.
   let s_skip ='synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") ' .
 	\ '=~?  "string\\|character\\|singlequote\\|escape\\|comment"'
   execute 'if' s_skip '| let s_skip = 0 | endif'

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " netrwPlugin.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across a network
 "            PLUGIN SECTION
-" Date:		Feb 10, 2011
+" Date:		Aug 24, 2011
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v142"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v143"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg | echo "***netrw*** you need vim version 7.2 for this version of netrw" | echohl None
  finish
@@ -47,20 +47,15 @@ augroup END
 " Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
 augroup Network
  au!
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  au BufReadCmd  file://*		call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
- else
-  au BufReadCmd  file://*		call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
-  au BufReadCmd  file://localhost/*	call netrw#FileUrlRead(substitute(expand("<amatch>")),'file://localhost/','file:///','')
- endif
- au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "silent doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*		exe "silent doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
- au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*		exe "silent doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   file://*		call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "silent doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "silent doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "silent doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "silent doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "silent doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  try
-  au SourceCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+  au SourceCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E216/
-  au SourcePre   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+  au SourcePre   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe 'Nsource '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  endtry
 augroup END
 

runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tarPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tarPlugin = "v27"
+let g:loaded_tarPlugin = "v28"
 let s:keepcpo          = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimballPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimballPlugin = "v33"
+let g:loaded_vimballPlugin = "v35"
 let s:keepcpo              = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " zipPlugin.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            PLUGIN PORTION
-" Date:			Oct 05, 2007
+" Date:			Aug 15, 2011
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005,2006 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zipPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zipPlugin = "v24"
+let g:loaded_zipPlugin = "v25"
 let s:keepcpo          = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ augroup zip
   au FileWriteCmd zipfile:*/*	call zip#Write(expand("<amatch>"))
  endif
 
- au BufReadCmd   *.zip,*.jar,*.xpi,*.war,*.ear,*.celzip		call zip#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   *.zip,*.jar,*.xpi,*.war,*.ear,*.celzip,*.oxt		call zip#Browse(expand("<amatch>"))
 augroup END
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/spell/ga/ga_IE.diff

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 + # soundslike mapping from Aspell
 + # Aspell phonetics for Irish, by Kevin Scannell <scannell@slu.edu>
 + # Copyright 2002, 2003 Kevin P. Scannell, distributed under GNU GPL
-+ # version 2.0
++ # version 2.0 or the Vim license (attribution by Kevin Scannell, Jan 2012)
 + 
 + SAL followup 0                    # else breaks QU^, e.g.
 + SAL collapse_result 1             # no double letters in resulting strings

runtime/spell/gd/gd_GB.diff

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 + # soundslike mapping from Aspell
 + # Aspell phonetics for Irish, by Kevin Scannell <scannell@slu.edu>
 + # Copyright 2002, 2003 Kevin P. Scannell, distributed under GNU GPL
-+ # version 2.0
++ # version 2.0 or the Vim license (attribution by Kevin Scannell, Jan 2012)
 + 
 + SAL followup 0                    # else breaks QU^, e.g.
 + SAL collapse_result 1             # no double letters in resulting strings

runtime/spell/sv/sv_SE.diff

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 + # soundslike mapping from Aspell
 + # swedish_phonet.dat - Swedish phonetic transformation rules for aspell
 + # Copyright (C) 2000  Martin Norb<72>ck  <d95mback@dtek.chalmers.se>
-+ # distributed under GNU GPL
++ # distributed under GNU GPL or the Vim license, at your choice.
 + # version 0.2
 + 
 + SAL &	&

runtime/syntax/abel.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	ABEL
-" Maintainer:	John Cook <john.cook@kla-tencor.com>
-" Last Change:	2001 Sep 2
+" Maintainer:	John Cook <johncook3@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 27
 
 " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
 " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " this language is oblivious to case
 syn case ignore
 
@@ -164,4 +167,8 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_abel_syn_inits")
 endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "abel"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim:ts=8

runtime/syntax/art.vim

@@ -2,12 +2,15 @@
 " Language:      ART-IM and ART*Enterprise
 " Maintainer:    Dorai Sitaram <ds26@gte.com>
 " URL:		 http://www.ccs.neu.edu/~dorai/vimplugins/vimplugins.html
-" Last Change:   Nov 6, 2002
+" Last Change:   2011 Dec 28 by Thilo Six
 
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 syn case ignore
 
 syn keyword artspform => and assert bind
@@ -42,3 +45,6 @@ hi def link artspform statement
 hi def link artvariable function
 
 let b:current_syntax = "art"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/syntax/asm.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Erik Wognsen <erik.wognsen@gmail.com>
 "		Previous maintainer:
 "		Kevin Dahlhausen <kdahlhaus@yahoo.com>
-" Last Change:	2010 Apr 18
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 5
 
 " Thanks to Ori Avtalion for feedback on the comment markers!
 
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 syn case ignore
 
 " storage types
@@ -40,7 +43,7 @@ syn match asmIdentifier		"[a-z_][a-z0-9_]*"
 " Various #'s as defined by GAS ref manual sec 3.6.2.1
 " Technically, the first decNumber def is actually octal,
 " since the value of 0-7 octal is the same as 0-7 decimal,
-" I prefer to map it as decimal:
+" I (Kevin) prefer to map it as decimal:
 syn match decNumber		"0\+[1-7]\=[\t\n$,; ]"
 syn match decNumber		"[1-9]\d*"
 syn match octNumber		"0[0-7][0-7]\+"
@@ -49,14 +52,34 @@ syn match binNumber		"0[bB][0-1]*"
 
 syn keyword asmTodo		contained TODO
 
-" GAS supports various comment markers as described here:
-" http://sourceware.org/binutils/docs-2.19/as/Comments.html
-" I have commented out the ARM comment marker "@" by default as I think more
-" people are using "@" with the .type directive. See
-" http://sourceware.org/binutils/docs-2.19/as/Type.html
+
+" GAS supports one type of multi line comments:
 syn region asmComment		start="/\*" end="\*/" contains=asmTodo
+
+" Line comment characters depend on the target architecture and command line
+" options and some comments may double as logical line number directives or
+" preprocessor commands. This situation is described at
+" http://sourceware.org/binutils/docs-2.22/as/Comments.html
+" Some line comment characters have other meanings for other targets. For
+" example, .type directives may use the `@' character which is also an ARM
+" comment marker.
+" As a compromise to accommodate what I arbitrarily assume to be the most
+" frequently used features of the most popular architectures (and also the
+" non-GNU assembly languages that use this syntax file because their asm files
+" are also named *.asm), the following are used as line comment characters:
 syn match asmComment		"[#;!|].*" contains=asmTodo
-" syn match asmComment		"@.*" contains=asmTodo
+
+" Side effects of this include:
+" - When `;' is used to separate statements on the same line (many targets
+"   support this), all statements except the first get highlighted as
+"   comments. As a remedy, remove `;' from the above.
+" - ARM comments are not highlighted correctly. For ARM, uncomment the
+"   following two lines and comment the one above.
+"syn match asmComment		"@.*" contains=asmTodo
+"syn match asmComment		"^#.*" contains=asmTodo
+
+" Advanced users of specific architectures will probably want to change the
+" comment highlighting or use a specific, more comprehensive syntax file.
 
 syn match asmInclude		"\.include"
 syn match asmCond		"\.if"
@@ -97,7 +120,7 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_asm_syntax_inits")
   HiLink octNumber	Number
   HiLink binNumber	Number
 
-  HiLink asmIdentifier Identifier
+  HiLink asmIdentifier	Identifier
   HiLink asmType	Type
 
   delcommand HiLink
@@ -105,4 +128,7 @@ endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "asm"
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim: ts=8

runtime/syntax/awk.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	awk, nawk, gawk, mawk
-" Maintainer:	Antonio Colombo <azc10@yahoo.com>
-" Last Change:	2005 Mar 16
+" Maintainer:	Antonio Colombo <azc100@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 31
 
 " AWK  ref.  is: Alfred V. Aho, Brian W. Kernighan, Peter J. Weinberger
 " The AWK Programming Language, Addison-Wesley, 1988
@@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " A bunch of useful Awk keywords
 " AWK  ref. p. 188
 syn keyword awkStatement	break continue delete exit
@@ -213,4 +216,7 @@ endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "awk"
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
 " vim: ts=8

runtime/syntax/ayacc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	AYacc
 " Maintainer:	Mathieu Clabaut <mathieu.clabaut@free.fr>
-" LastChange:	02 May 2001
+" LastChange:	2011 Dec 25
 " Original:	Yacc, maintained by Dr. Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 " Comment:	     Replaced sourcing c.vim file by ada.vim and rename yacc*
 "		in ayacc*
@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ else
    unlet b:current_syntax
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " Clusters
 syn cluster	ayaccActionGroup	contains=ayaccDelim,cInParen,cTodo,cIncluded,ayaccDelim,ayaccCurlyError,ayaccUnionCurly,ayaccUnion,cUserLabel,cOctalZero,cCppOut2,cCppSkip,cErrInBracket,cErrInParen,cOctalError
 syn cluster	ayaccUnionGroup	contains=ayaccKey,cComment,ayaccCurly,cType,cStructure,cStorageClass,ayaccUnionCurly
@@ -83,4 +86,6 @@ endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "ayacc"
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
 " vim: ts=15

runtime/syntax/basic.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	BASIC
 " Maintainer:	Allan Kelly <allan@fruitloaf.co.uk>
-" Last Change:	Tue Sep 14 14:24:23 BST 1999
+" Last Change:  2011 Dec 25 by Thilo Six
 
 " First version based on Micro$soft QBASIC circa 1989, as documented in
 " 'Learn BASIC Now' by Halvorson&Rygmyr. Microsoft Press 1989.
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " A bunch of useful BASIC keywords
 syn keyword basicStatement	BEEP beep Beep BLOAD bload Bload BSAVE bsave Bsave
 syn keyword basicStatement	CALL call Call ABSOLUTE absolute Absolute
@@ -171,4 +174,6 @@ endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "basic"
 
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
 " vim: ts=8

runtime/syntax/bib.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	BibTeX (bibliographic database format for (La)TeX)
 " Maintainer:	Bernd Feige <Bernd.Feige@gmx.net>
 " Filenames:	*.bib
-" Last Change:	Mar 23, 2011
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 25
 
 " Thanks to those who pointed out problems with this file or supplied fixes!
 
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
 endif
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
 " Ignore case
 syn case ignore
 
@@ -93,3 +96,6 @@ if version >= 508 || !exists("did_bib_syn_inits")
 endif
 
 let b:current_syntax = "bib"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save